Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Publishing / John Wiley & Sons Inc.

John Wiley & Sons Inc.

jw-a · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker jw-a
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Publishing
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, DC  20549 

FORM 10-K 

[x] 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF 

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended:  April 30, 2016 

OR 

[  ] 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (FEE REQUIRED) 

For the transition period from to 
Commission file number     001-11507 

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. 
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) 

NEW YORK 
State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or 
organization 

111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 
Address of principal executive offices 

13-5593032 
I.R.S. Employer Identification No. 

07030 
Zip Code 

(201) 748-6000 

Registrant’s telephone number 
including area code 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 
12(b) of the Act: Title of each class 
Class A Common Stock, par value $1.00 per 
share 
Class B Common Stock, par value $1.00 per 
share 

Name of each exchange on which 
registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to 
Section 12(g) of the Act: 
None 

- 1 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the 
Securities Act. 

Yes |X|     No |    | 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of 
the Exchange Act. 

Yes |   |     No |X | 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) 
of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the 
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 
days. 

Yes |X|     No |    | 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, 
if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T 
(§232.405  of  this  chapter)  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was 
required to submit and post such files). 

Yes |X|     No |    | 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this 
chapter)  is  not  contained  herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive 
proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this 
Form 10-K. |   |  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated 
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” ”accelerated filer” and “smaller 
reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer   |X|       Accelerated filer   |   |       Non-accelerated filer   |   |      Smaller reporting 
company   |   | 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 
Act).  

Yes |    |      No |X| 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to 
the closing price as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, 
October 31, 2015, was approximately $2,331.2 million.  The registrant has no non-voting common stock. 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Class A and Class B Common Stock as of May 31, 2016 
was 48,109,204 and 9,475,140 respectively. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions  of  the  registrant’s  definitive  proxy  statement  for  use  in  connection  with  its  annual  meeting  of 
stockholders  scheduled  to  be  held  on  September  22,  2016,  are  incorporated  by  reference  into  Part  III  of  this 
Form 10-K.   

- 2 - 

 
JOHN WILEY AND SONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
FORM 10-K 
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30, 2016 
INDEX 

PART I 
ITEM 1. 
ITEM 1A. 
ITEM 1B. 
ITEM 2. 
ITEM 3. 
ITEM 4 

Business 
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Mine Safety Disclosures – Not Applicable  

PART II 
ITEM 5.              Market for the Company’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 

ITEM 6. 
ITEM 7. 

Purchases of Equity Securities   
Selected Financial Data 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations 

ITEM 7A.            Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
ITEM 8.              Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
ITEM 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial 
Disclosure 
Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 

ITEM 9A. 
ITEM 9B. 

PART III 
ITEM 10. 
ITEM 11. 
ITEM 12.            Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 

Stockholder Matters       
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services   

PAGE 
4
4-11
11
12
13

13
14

15-55
55-58
59-98

99
99
99

99-102
102

102-103
103
103

ITEM 13. 
ITEM 14. 

PART IV 
ITEM 15. 

SIGNATURES 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K 

104-106

- 3 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

Item 1.  Business 

The Company, founded in 1807, was incorporated in the state of New York on January 15, 1904. As 
used  herein  the  term  “Company”  means  John Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.,  and  its  subsidiaries  and  affiliated 
companies, unless the context indicates otherwise. 

The  Company  is  a  global  provider  of  knowledge  and  knowledge-enabled  services  that  improve 
outcomes in areas of research, professional practice and education. Through the Research segment, 
the Company provides digital and print scientific, technical, medical and scholarly journals, reference 
works,  books,  database  services  and  advertising.  The  Professional  Development  segment  provides 
digital  and  print  books,  corporate  learning  solutions,  employment  assessment  and  training  services, 
and  test  prep  and  certification.  In  Education,  the  Company  provides  print  and  digital  content,  and 
education  solutions  including  online  program  management  services  for  higher  education  institutions 
and course management tools for instructors and students. The Company takes full advantage of its 
content from all three businesses in developing and cross-marketing products to its diverse customer 
base  of  researchers,  professionals,  students,  and  educators.  The  use  of  technology  enables  the 
Company  to  make  its  content  efficiently  more  accessible  to  its  customers  around  the  world.  The 
Company’s  operations  are  primarily  located  in  the  United  States,  Canada,  Europe,  Asia,  and 
Australia. 

Further  description  of  the  Company’s  business  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  in  the 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of this 10-K. 

Employees 

As of April 30, 2016, the Company employed approximately 4,700 persons on a full-time equivalent 
basis worldwide.  

Financial Information About Business Segments 

The note entitled “Segment Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and pages 
15  through  55  of  the  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  section  of  this  Form  10-K  are 
incorporated herein by reference. 

Financial Information About Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales 

The note entitled “Segment Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and pages 
15 and 55 of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of this Form 10-K are incorporated 
herein by reference. 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this Form 10-K, including the following 
risk factors, before deciding to invest in any of the Company’s securities. The risks below are not the 
only  ones  the  Company  faces.  Additional  risks  not  currently  known  to  the  Company  or  that  the 
Company  presently  deems  immaterial  may  also  impair  its  business  operations.  The  Company’s 
business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be materially adversely affected 
by any of these risks.  

- 4 - 

 
 
Cautionary Statement Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995: 

This  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2016  contains  certain  forward-looking  statements 
concerning the Company’s operations, performance and financial condition. In addition, the Company 
provides forward-looking statements in other materials released to the public as well as oral forward-
looking  information.  Statements  which  contain  the  words  anticipate,  expect,  believes,  estimate, 
project, forecast, plan, outlook, intend and similar expressions constitute forward-looking statements 
that involve risk and uncertainties. Reliance should not be placed on forward-looking statements, as 
actual results may differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements. 

Any  such  forward-looking  statements  are  based  upon  a  number  of  assumptions  and  estimates  that 
are inherently subject to uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the 
Company, and are subject to change based on many important factors. Such factors include, but are 
not limited to (i) the level of investment in new technologies and products; (ii) subscriber renewal rates 
for the Company’s journals; (iii) the financial stability and liquidity of journal subscription agents; (iv) 
the  consolidation  of  book  wholesalers  and  retail  accounts;  (v)  the  market  position  and  financial 
stability of key retailers; (vi) the seasonal nature of the Company’s education business and the impact 
of the used-book market; (vii) worldwide economic and political conditions; (viii) the Company’s ability 
to  protect  its  copyrights  and  other  intellectual  property  worldwide;  (ix)  the  ability  of  the  Company  to 
successfully  integrate  acquired  operations  and  realize  expected  opportunities  and  (x)  other  factors 
detailed  from  time  to  time  in  the  Company’s  filings  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission. 
The  Company  undertakes  no  obligation  to  update  or  revise  any  such  forward-looking  statements  to 
reflect subsequent events or circumstances. 

Operating and Administrative Costs and Expenses 

In general, any significant increase in the costs of goods and services provided to the Company may 
adversely affect the Company’s costs of operation. The Company has a significant investment in its 
employee  base around  the  world.  The Company  offers competitive  salaries and  benefits  in  order  to 
attract  and  retain  the  highly  skilled  workforce  needed  to  sustain  and  develop  new  products  and 
services  required  for  growth.  Employment  and  benefit  costs  are  affected  by  competitive  market 
conditions for qualified individuals, and factors such as healthcare and retirement benefit costs. The 
Company is a large paper purchaser, and paper prices may fluctuate significantly from time-to-time. 
To reduce the impact of paper price increases, the Company relies upon multiple suppliers. As of April 
30, 2016, the Company’s consolidated paper inventory was approximately $4.9 million and there were 
no outstanding multi-year supply contracts.  

Protection of Intellectual Property Rights 

A  substantial  portion  of  the  Company’s  publications  are  protected  by  copyright,  held  either  in  the 
Company’s name, in the name of the author of the work, or in the name of a sponsoring professional 
society. Such copyrights protect the Company’s exclusive right to publish the work in many countries 
abroad for specified periods, in most cases the author’s life plus 70 years, but in any event a minimum 
of  50  years  for  works  published  after  1978.  The  ability  of  the  Company  to  continue  to  achieve  its 
expected results depends, in part, upon the Company’s ability to protect its intellectual property rights. 
The Company’s results may be adversely affected by lack of legal and/or technological protections for 
its intellectual property in some jurisdictions and markets. 

- 5 - 

Maintaining the Company’s Reputation 

The Company’s professional customers worldwide rely upon many of the Company’s publications to 
perform their jobs. It is imperative that the Company consistently demonstrates its ability to maintain 
the integrity of the information included in its publications. Adverse publicity, whether or not valid, may 
reduce demand for the Company’s publications. 

Trade Concentration and Credit Risk 

In  the  journal  publishing  business,  subscriptions  are  primarily  sourced  through  journal  subscription 
agents  who,  acting  as  agents  for  library  customers,  facilitate  ordering  by  consolidating  the 
subscription orders/billings of each subscriber with various publishers. Cash is generally collected in 
advance  from  subscribers  by  the  subscription  agents  and  is  principally  remitted  to  the  Company 
between  the  months  of  December  and  April.  Although  at  fiscal  year-end  the  Company  had  minimal 
credit risk exposure to these agents, future calendar-year subscription receipts from these agents are 
highly  dependent  on  their  financial  condition  and  liquidity.  Subscription  agents  account  for 
approximately  22%  of  total  annual  consolidated  revenue  and  no  one  agent  accounts  for  more  than 
11% of total annual consolidated revenue.  

The Company’s non-journal subscription business is not dependent upon a single customer. Although 
no  one  non-journal  customer  accounts  for  more  than  9%  of  total  consolidated  revenue  and  12%  of 
accounts  receivable  at  April  30,  2016,  the  top  10  non-journal  customers  account  for  approximately 
16% of total consolidated revenue and approximately 26% of accounts receivable at April 30, 2016.  
The  Company  maintains  approximately  $25  million  of  trade  credit  insurance,  subject  to  certain 
limitations, covering balances due from certain named customers which expires in May, 2017. 

Changes in Laws and Regulations That Could Adversely Affect the Company’s Business 

The  Company  maintains  operations  in  Asia,  Australia,  Canada,  Europe  and  the  United  States.  The 
conduct  of  our  business,  including  the  sourcing  of  content,  distribution,  sales,  marketing  and 
advertising is subject to various laws and regulations administered by governments around the world. 
Changes  in  laws,  regulations  or  government  policies,  including  tax  regulations  and  accounting 
standards, may adversely affect the Company’s future financial results. 

The  scientific  research  publishing  industry  generates  much  of  its  revenue  from  paid  customer 
subscriptions  to  online  and  print  journal  content.  There  is  debate  within  government,  academic  and 
library  communities whether  such  journal  content  should  be  made  available  for  free,  immediately  or 
following  a  period  of  embargo  after  publication,  referred  to  as  “open  access”.  For  instance,  certain 
governments  have  implemented  mandates  that  require  journal  articles  derived  from  government-
funded research to be made available to the public at no cost after an embargo period. Open access 
can be achieved in two ways: Green, which enables authors to publish articles in subscription based 
journals  and  self–archive  the  author  accepted  version  of  the  article  for  free  public  use  after  an 
embargo  period,  and  Gold,  which  enables  authors  to  publish  their  articles  in  journals  that  provide 
immediate  free  access  to  the  article  on  the  publisher’s  website  following  payment  of  an  article 
publication  fee.  These  mandates  have  the  potential  to  put  pressure  on  subscription-based 
publications.  If  such  regulations  are  widely  implemented  the  Company’s  operating  results  could  be 
adversely affected. To date, the majority of governments that have taken a position on Open access 
have favored the green model and have generally specified embargo periods of twelve months. The 

- 6 - 

publishing  community  generally  takes  the  view  that  this  period  should  be  sufficient  to  protect 
subscription  revenues  provided  that  publishers’  platforms  offer  sufficient  added  value  to  the  article. 
Governments in Europe have been more supportive of the gold  model, which thus far is generating 
incremental  revenue  for  publishers  with  active  open  access  programs.  A  number  of  European 
administrations  are  showing  interest  in  a  business  model  which  combines  the  purchasing  of 
subscription  content  with  the  purchase  of  open  access  publishing  for  authors  in  their  country.  This 
development removes an element of risk by fixing revenues from that market, provided that the terms 
and price negotiated are acceptable.  

Business Transformation and Restructuring 

The Company is transforming portions of its business from a traditional publishing model to being a 
global  provider  of  content-enabled  solutions  with  a  focus  on  digital  products  and  services.  The 
acquisition  of  Deltak.edu,  LLC  (“Deltak”),  Inscape  Holdings,  Inc.  (“Inscape”),  Efficient  Learning 
Systems,  Inc.  (“ELS”),  Profiles  International  (“Profiles”)  and  CrossKnowledge  Group  Limited 
(“CrossKnowledge”), along with the divestment of the Company’s consumer publishing programs, are 
examples  of  strategic  initiatives  that  were  implemented  as  part  of  the  Company’s  business 
transformation. The Company will continue to explore opportunities to develop new business models 
and  enhance  the  efficiency  of  its  organizational  structure.  The  rapid  pace  and  scope  of  change 
increases  the  risk  that  not  all  of  our  strategic  initiatives  will  deliver  the  expected  benefits  within  the 
anticipated  timeframes.  In  addition,  these  efforts  may  somewhat  disrupt  the  Company’s  business 
activities which could adversely affect its operating results. 

The  Company  continues  to  restructure  and  realign  its  cost  base  with  current  and  anticipated  future 
market  conditions.  Significant  risks  associated  with  these  actions  that  may  impair  the  Company’s 
ability to achieve the anticipated cost reductions or that may disrupt its business include delays in the 
implementation of anticipated workforce reductions in highly regulated locations outside of the U.S.; 
decreases  in  employee  morale;  the  failure  to  meet  operational  targets  due  to  the  loss  of  key 
employees;  and  disruptions  of  third  parties  to  whom  we  have  outsourced  business  functions.  In 
addition, the Company’s ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings and other benefits from these 
actions  within  the  expected  timeframe  is  subject  to  many  estimates  and  assumptions.  These 
estimates and assumptions are subject to significant economic, competitive and other uncertainties, 
some  of  which  are  beyond  our  control.  If  these  estimates  and  assumptions  are  incorrect,  if  we 
experience delays, or if other unforeseen events occur, our business and results of operations could 
be adversely affected. 

Outsourcing of Business Processes 

The  Company  has  outsourced  certain  business  functions,  principally  in  technology,  content 
management  and  certain  transactional  functions,  to  third-party  service  providers  to  achieve  cost 
savings and efficiencies. If these third-party service providers do not perform effectively, the Company 
may not be able to achieve the expected cost savings and depending on the function involved, may 
experience  business  disruption  or  processing  inefficiencies,  all  with  potential  adverse  effects  on  the 
Company’s operating results.   

- 7 - 

 
 
Introduction of New Technologies, Products and Services 

The Company must continue to invest in technology and other innovations to adapt and add value to 
its  products  and  services  to  remain  competitive.  There  are  uncertainties  whenever  developing  new 
products  and  services,  and  it  is  often  possible  that  such  new  products  and  services  may  not  be 
launched or if launched, may not be profitable or as profitable as existing products and services. 

A  common  trend  facing  each  of  the  Company’s  businesses  is  the  digitization  of  content  and 
proliferation  of  distribution  channels  through  the  internet  and  other  electronic  means,  which  are 
replacing traditional print formats. The trend to digital content has also created contraction in the print 
book  retail  market  which  increases  the  risk  of  bankruptcy  for  certain  retail  customers,  potentially 
leading  to  the  disruption  of  short-term  product  supply  to  consumers  as  well  as  potential  bad  debt 
write-offs.  New distribution channels, such as digital formats, the internet, online retailers and growing 
delivery  platforms  (e.g.  tablets  and  e-readers),  combined  with  the  concentration  of  retailer  power, 
present  both  threats  and  opportunities  to  the  Company’s  traditional  publishing  models,  potentially 
impacting both sales volumes and pricing. In addition, there is an enhanced risk associated with the 
illegal unauthorized replication and distribution of digital products.  

Student Demand for Lower Cost Textbooks in Higher Education 

The  Company’s  Education  business publishes educational content  for  undergraduate,  graduate  and 
advanced  placement  students,  lifelong  learners  and  in  Australia  secondary  school  students.  Due  to 
growing student demand for less expensive textbooks, many college bookstores, online retailers and 
other  entities  offer  used  or  rental  textbooks  to  students  at  lower  prices  than  new  textbooks.  It  is 
uncertain how such sales of lower priced textbooks will impact the Company’s operating results.  

Factors that Reduce Enrollment at Colleges and Universities  

Enrollment  in  U.S.  colleges  and  universities  can  be  adversely  affected  by  many  factors,  including 
changes in government and private student loan and grant programs, uncertainty about current and 
future  economic  conditions,  general  decreases  in  family  income  and  net  worth  and  a  perception  of 
uncertain job prospects for recent graduates. In addition, enrollment levels at colleges and universities 
outside  the  United  States  are  influenced  by  the  global  and  local  economic  climate,  local  political 
conditions  and  other  factors  that  make  predicting  foreign  enrollment  levels  difficult.  Reductions  in 
expected  levels of  enrollment  at colleges  and  universities  both within and  outside  the United  States 
could adversely affect demand for our higher education products. 

Information Technology Risks 

Information  technology  is  a  key  part  of  the  Company’s  business  strategy  and  operations.  As  a 
business  strategy,  Wiley’s  technology  enables  the  Company  to  provide  customers  with  new  and 
enhanced  products  and  services  and  is  critical  to  the  Company’s  success  in  migrating  from  print  to 
digital business models. Information technology is also a fundamental component of all our business 
processes; collecting  and reporting  business  data;  and  communicating  internally  and  externally  with 
customers, suppliers, employees and others. 

We  are  continually  improving  and  upgrading  our  computer  systems  and  software.    We  are  in  the 
process of implementing a new Enterprise Resource Planning system as part of a multi-year plan to 
integrate  and  upgrade  our  operational  and  financial  systems  and  processes.  The  implementation  of 

- 8 - 

this  global  system  will  occur  in  phases  over  the  next  several  years.  Implementation  of  a  new 
enterprise  resource  planning  system  involves  risks  and  uncertainties.  Any  disruptions,  delays,  or 
deficiencies  in  the  design  or  implementation  of  a  new  system,  could  result  in  increased  costs, 
disruptions in operations or delays in the collection of cash from our customers, as well as have an 
adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to  timely  report  our  financial  results,  all  of  which  could  materially 
adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.   

Information  technology  system  failures,  network  disruptions  and  breaches  of  data  security  could 
significantly  disrupt  the  operations  of  the  Company.  Management  has  designed  and  implemented 
policies,  processes  and  controls  to  mitigate  risks  of  information  technology  failure  and  to  provide 
security  from  unauthorized  access  to  our  systems.  In  addition,  the  Company  has  in  place  disaster 
recovery plans to maintain business continuity.  The size and complexity of our information technology 
and information security systems, and those of our third-party vendors with whom we contract, make 
such systems potentially vulnerable to cyber-attacks common to most industries from inadvertent or 
intentional  actions  by  employees,  vendors,  or  malicious  third-parties.  Such  attacks  are  of  ever-
increasing  levels  of  sophistication  and  are  made  by  groups  and  individuals  with  a  wide  range  of 
motives. While the Company has taken steps to address these risks, there can be no assurance that 
a  system  failure,  disruption  or  data  security  breach  would  not  adversely  affect  the  Company’s 
business and operating results. 

Competition for Market Share and Author and Society Relationships 

The Company operates in highly competitive markets. Success and continued growth depends greatly 
on developing new products and the means to deliver them in an environment of rapid technological 
change.  Attracting  new  authors  and  professional  societies,  while  retaining  our  existing  business 
relationships, are critical to our success.  

Interest Rate and Foreign Exchange Risk  

Non-U.S. revenues, as well as our substantial non-U.S. net assets, expose the Company’s results to 
foreign  currency  exchange  rate  volatility.  The  percentage  of  Consolidated  Revenue  for  fiscal  year 
2016 recognized in the following currencies (on an equivalent U.S. dollar basis) were: approximately 
57%  U.S  dollar;  28%  British  pound  sterling;  8%  euro  and  7%  other  currencies.  In  addition,  our 
interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subject to risk from changes in interest rates. These risks 
and the measures we have taken to help contain them are discussed in the Market Risk section of this 
10-K.  The  Company 
to  hedge  such  risks. 
Notwithstanding our efforts to foresee and mitigate the effects of changes in fiscal circumstances, we 
cannot predict with certainty changes in currency and interest rates, inflation or other related factors 
affecting our business.   

time-to-time  uses  derivative 

instruments 

from 

Changes in Tax Legislation 

The Company is subject to tax laws within the jurisdictions in which it does business. Changes in tax 
legislation could have a material impact on the Company’s financial results. There have been recent 
proposals to reform U.S. tax laws that would significantly impact how U.S. multinational corporations 
are  taxed  on  earnings  outside  of  the  U.S.  This  could  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s 
financial  results  since  a  substantial  portion  of  the  Company’s  income  is  earned  outside  the  U.S.  In 
addition, the Company is subject to audit by tax authorities. Although we believe our tax estimates are 

- 9 - 

reasonable,  the  final  determination  of  tax  audits  could  be  materially  different  from  our  historical 
income tax provisions and accruals and have a material impact on the Company’s net income, cash 
flow and financial position. See Note 12 (“Tax Audits”) for further details on the Company’s income tax 
audit in Germany.  

Business Risk in Developing, Emerging and Other Foreign Markets 

The  Company  sells  its  products  to  customers  in  the  Middle  East  (including  Iran  and  Syria),  Africa 
(including Sudan), Cuba, and other developing markets where it does not have operating subsidiaries. 
The  Company  does  not  own  any  assets  or  liabilities  in  these  markets  except  for  trade  receivables. 
Challenges  and  uncertainties  associated  with  operating  in  developing  markets  has  a  higher  relative 
risk due to political instability, economic volatility, crime, terrorism, corruption, social and ethnic unrest, 
and other factors. In fiscal year 2016, the Company recorded revenue and net profits of $3.7 million 
and $1.0 million, respectively, related to sales to Cuba, Sudan, Syria and Iran. While sales in these 
markets  are  not  material  to  the  Company’s  business  results,  adverse  developments  related  to  the 
risks associated with these markets may cause actual results to differ from historical and forecasted 
future operating results.  

The  Company  has  certain  technology  development  operations  in  Russia  related  to  software 
development  and  architecture,  digital  content  production  and  system  testing  services.  Due  to  the 
political  instability  within  the  region,  there  is  the  potential  for  future  government  embargos  and 
sanctions  which  could  disrupt  the  Company’s  operations  in  the  area.  While  the  Company  has 
developed  business  continuity  plans  to  address  these  issues,  further  adverse  developments  in  the 
region could have a material impact on the Company’s business and operating results.  

Approximately  14%  of Research  journal  articles are  sourced  from  authors  in China.  Any  restrictions 
on  exporting  intellectual  property  could  adversely  affect  the  company’s  business  and  operating 
results.  

Liquidity and Global Economic Conditions 

Changes  in  global  financial  markets  have  not  had,  nor  do we  anticipate  they  will  have,  a significant 
impact on our liquidity. Due to our significant operating cash flow, financial assets, access to capital 
markets and available lines of credit and revolving credit agreements, we continue to believe that we 
have the ability to meet our financing needs for the foreseeable future. As market conditions change, 
we will continue to monitor our liquidity position. However, there can be no assurance that our liquidity 
or our results of operations will not be affected by possible future changes in global financial markets 
and  global  economic  conditions.  Unprecedented  market  conditions  including  illiquid  credit  markets, 
volatile equity markets, dramatic fluctuations in foreign currency rates and economic recession could 
affect future results.  

Effects of Increases in Pension Costs and Funding Requirements 

The  Company  provides  defined  benefit  pension  plans  for  certain  employees  worldwide.  The 
Company’s Board of Directors approved amendments to the U.S., Canada and U.K. defined benefit 
plans that froze the future accumulation of benefits effective June 30, 2013, December 31, 2015 and 
April 30, 2015, respectively. The funding requirements and costs of these plans are dependent upon 
various factors, including the actual return on plan assets, discount rates, plan participant population 

- 10 - 

demographics  and  changes  in  pension  regulations.  Changes  in  these  factors  affect  the  Company’s 
plan funding, cash flow and results of operations.  

Effects of Inflation and Cost Increases 

The  Company,  from  time  to  time,  experiences  cost  increases  reflecting,  in  part,  general  inflationary 
factors. There is no guarantee that the Company can increase selling prices or reduce costs to fully 
mitigate the effect of inflation on company costs.  

Ability to Successfully Integrate Key Acquisitions 

The  Company’s  growth  strategy  includes  title,  imprint  and  other  business  acquisitions,  including 
knowledge-enabled services which complement the Company’s existing businesses. Acquisitions may 
have  a  substantial  impact  on  the  Company’s  revenues,  costs,  cash  flows,  and  financial  position. 
Acquisitions involve risks and uncertainties, including difficulties in integrating acquired operations and 
in realizing expected opportunities; diversions of management resources and loss of key employees; 
challenges  with  respect  to  operating  new  businesses;  debt  incurred  in  financing  such  acquisitions; 
and other unanticipated problems and liabilities. 

Valuation of Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

At April 30, 2016, the Company had $951.7 million of goodwill and $877.0 million of intangible assets 
on its balance sheet. The intangible assets are principally comprised of content and publishing rights, 
customer  relationships,  and  brands  and  trademarks.  Failure  to  achieve  business  objectives  and 
financial  projections  could  result  in  an  asset  impairment  charge,  which  would  result  in  a  non-cash 
charge  to  operating  expenses.  Goodwill  and  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  are  tested  for 
impairment  on  an  annual  basis  and  also  when  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that 
impairment  may  have  occurred.  Intangible  assets  with  determinable  lives  are  tested  for  impairment 
only  when  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  an  impairment  may  have  occurred. 
Determining  whether  an  impairment  exists  can  be  difficult  as  a  result  of  increased  uncertainty  and 
current market dynamics, and requires significant management estimates and judgment. In addition, 
the  potential  for  goodwill  impairment  is  increased  during  periods  of  economic  uncertainty.  An  asset 
impairment charge could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results 
and financial condition.  

Attracting and Retaining Key Employees 

The  Company  is  highly  dependent  on  the  continued  services  of  its  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief 
Financial  Officer  and  other  senior  officers  and  key  employees.  The  loss  of  the  services  of  skilled 
personnel for any reason and the Company’s inability to replace them with suitable candidates quickly 
or  at  all,  as  well  as  any  negative  market  perception  resulting  from  such  loss,  could  have a  material 
adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results and financial condition.  In addition, we 
are  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  continue  to  attract  new  employees  with  key  skills  to  support 
business growth. 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

None 

- 11 - 

 
Item 2.  Properties 

The Company occupies office, warehouse, and distribution facilities in various parts of the world, as 
listed below (excluding those locations with less than 10,000 square feet of floor area, none of which 
is considered material property).  All of the buildings and the equipment owned or leased are believed 
to be in good operating condition and are suitable for the conduct of its business.  

Location              Purpose                    

Owned or Leased  Approx. Sq. Ft. 

United States: 

New Jersey 

Corporate Headquarters 
Office & Warehouse 

Indiana 

California 

Office 

Office 

Massachusetts     Office 

Illinois  

Florida 

Office 

Office 

Minnesota 

Offices 

Texas 

Offices 

Colorado 

Office 

International: 

Australia         

Offices 

Canada  

Office 

England  

Germany  

Warehouses 
Offices 
Offices 

Office 
Office 

Singapore         Offices 

Russia 

Office 

India 

China 

Warehouse 

Office 

Leased 
Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 
Leased 
Owned 

Owned 
Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

415,000 
185,000 

108,000 

19,000 

34,000 

51,000 

49,000 

36,000 

29,000 

15,000 

59,000 

12,000 

297,000 
80,000 
70,000 

59,000 
24,000 

44,000 

21,000 

16,000 

14,000 

- 12 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings 

The Company is involved in routine litigation in the ordinary course of its business. In the opinion of 
management, the ultimate resolution of all pending litigation will not have a material effect upon the 
financial condition or results of operations of the Company. 

Over  the  past  few  years,  the  Company  has  from  time  to  time  faced  claims  from  photographers  or 
agencies that the Company has used photographs without licenses or beyond licensed permissions.  
The Company has insurance coverage for a significant portion of such claims.  The Company does 
not believe that its exposure to such claims either individually or in the aggregate is material. 

PART II 

Item 5.  Market for the Company’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases 

of Equity Securities 

The Company’s Class A and Class B shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the 
symbols JWa and JWb, respectively. Dividends per share and the market price range (based on daily 
closing prices) by fiscal quarter for the past two fiscal years were as follows: 

2016 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

2015 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

Class A Common Stock 
Market Price 

Class B Common Stock 
Market Price 

Dividends

High 

Low 

Dividends 

High 

Low 

 $0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30

 $0.29
0.29
0.29
0.29

 $58.66
53.18
54.29
50.74

 $62.05
60.42
62.85
65.21

 $51.68
48.16
40.29
40.21

 $54.52
51.45
56.48
56.88

 $0.30 
0.30 
0.30 
0.30 

 $0.29 
0.29 
0.29 
0.29 

 $58.74
52.93
53.80
50.85

 $61.80
61.08
62.75
65.10

 $52.54
48.25
41.25
40.18

 $54.35
52.04
56.37
56.74

On a quarterly basis, the Board of Directors considers the payment of cash dividends based upon its 
review of earnings, the financial position of the Company, and other relevant factors. As of April 30, 
2016,  the  approximate  number  of  holders  of  the  Company’s  Class  A  and  Class  B  Common  Stock 
were 847 and 74 respectively, based on the holders of record. 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, the Company made the following purchases of Class A 
Common Stock under its stock repurchase program.  

February 2016 
March 2016 
April 2016 
Total  

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased 
- 

118,036
98,150
216,186

Average 
Price Paid 
Per Share 
- 
$47.12
$48.00
$47.52

- 13 - 

Total Number of 
Shares 
Purchased as 
part of a Publicly 
Announced 
Program 

Maximum 
Number of 
Shares that May 
be Purchased 
Under the 
Program 

- 
118,036 
98,150 
216,186 

963,022
845,006
746,836

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data 

Dollars in millions (except per share data) 

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

For the Years Ended April 30, 

Revenue 

Operating Income (a-b) 

Net Income (a-c) 

Working Capital (d) 

Deferred Revenue in Working Capital (d) 

Total Assets 

Long-Term Debt 

Shareholders’ Equity 

Per Share Data 

Earnings Per Share (a-c) 

Diluted 

Basic 

Cash Dividends 

Class A Common 

Class B Common 

$1,727.0

$1,822.4

$1,775.2 

$1,760.8

$1,782.7

188.1

145.8

(111.1)

 (426.5)

237.7

176.9

(62.8)

206.7 

160.5 

60.1 

199.4

144.2

(32.2)

280.4

212.7

(66.3)

 (372.1)

(385.7) 

(363.0)

(342.0)

2,921.1

3,004.2

3,077.4 

2,806.4

2,532.9

605.0

650.1

700.1 

1,037.1

1,055.0

1,182.2 

673.0

988.4

475.0

1,017.6

$2.48

$2.51

$1.20

$1.20

$2.97

$3.01

$1.16

$1.16

$2.70 

$2.73 

$1.00 

$1.00 

$2.39

$2.43

$0.96

$0.96

$3.47

$3.53

$0.80

$0.80

a) 

In  fiscal  years  2016,  2015,  2014  and  2013,  the  Company  recorded  restructuring  charges  of  $28.6  million 
($0.8 per share), $28.8 million ($0.34 per share),  $42.7 million ($0.48 per share) and $29.3 million ($0.33 
per share), respectively, and related impairment charges in fiscal years 2014 and 2013 of $4.8 million ($0.06 
per share) and $30.7 million ($0.35 per share), respectively. 

b) 

In  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  recorded  a  gain,  net  of  losses,  on  the  sale  of  certain  Professional 
Development consumer publishing programs of $6.0 million ($0.04 per share). 

c)  Certain tax benefits and charges included in fiscal year results are as follows:  

  Fiscal  years  2016,  2014,  2013  and  2012  include  tax  benefits  of  $5.9  million  ($0.10  per  share),  $10.6 
million ($0.18 per share), $8.4 million ($0.14 per share), and $8.8 million ($0.14 per share), respectively, 
principally associated with consecutive tax legislation enacted in the United Kingdom that reduced the 
U.K. corporate income tax rates.  

  Fiscal  year  2015  includes  a  non-recurring  tax  benefit  of  $3.1  million  ($0.05  per  share)  related  to  tax 

deductions claimed on the write-up of certain foreign tax assets to fair market value.   

  Fiscal  year  2012  includes  a  tax  benefit  of  $7.5  million  ($0.12  per  share)  related  to  the  reversal  of  an 

income tax reserve recorded in conjunction with the Blackwell acquisition. 

d)  The primary driver of the negative working capital is unearned deferred revenue related to subscriptions for 
which  cash  has  been  collected  in  advance.  Cash  received  in  advance  for  subscriptions  is  used  by  the 
Company  for  a  number  of  purposes  including  acquisitions;  debt  repayments;  funding  operations;  dividend 
payments;  and  purchasing  treasury  shares.  The  deferred  revenue  will  be  recognized  in  income  over  the 
term  of  the  subscription;  when  the  related  issue  is  shipped  or  made  available  online,  or  the  service  is 
rendered.   

- 14 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Business, Financial Condition and Results of 

Operations 

The  Company  is  a  global  provider  of  knowledge  and  knowledge-enabled  services  that  improve  outcomes  in 
areas of research, professional practice and education. Through the Research segment, the Company provides 
digital and print scientific, technical, medical and scholarly journals, reference works, books, database services 
and  advertising.  The  Professional  Development  segment  provides  digital  and  print  books,  corporate  learning 
solutions, post and pre-employment assessment and training services, and test preparation and certification. In 
Education,  the  Company  provides  print  and  digital  content,  and  education  solutions  including  online  program 
management  services  for  higher  education  institutions  and  course  management  tools  for  instructors  and 
students. The Company takes full advantage of its content from all three businesses in developing and cross-
marketing  products  to  its  diverse  customer  base  of  researchers,  professionals,  students,  and  educators.  The 
use of technology enables the Company to make its content efficiently more accessible to its customers around 
the  world.  The  Company’s  operations  are  primarily  located  in  the  United  States,  Canada,  Europe,  Asia,  and 
Australia. 

Business growth comes from a combination of organic growth from existing brands and titles; title, imprint and 
other business acquisitions which complement the Company’s existing businesses; designing and implementing 
new methods of delivering products to our customers; and the development of new products and services. The 
Company’s revenue declined at a compound annual rate of 0.2% over the past five years. 

Core Business Segments 

Research:  

The  Company’s  Research  business serves  the  world’s  research  and  scholarly communities and  is  the  largest 
publisher for professional and scholarly societies.  Research’s mission is to support researchers, professionals 
and  learners  in  the  discovery  and  use  of  research  knowledge  to  help  them  achieve  their  goals  in  research, 
learning and practice. Research products include scientific, technical, medical and scholarly research journals, 
books, reference works, databases, clinical decision support tools, laboratory manuals and workflow tools, in the 
publishing areas of the physical sciences and engineering, health sciences, social science and humanities and 
life sciences. Research customers include academic, corporate, government, and public libraries; researchers; 
scientists;  clinicians;  engineers  and  technologists;  scholarly  and  professional  societies;  and  students  and 
professors.  The  Company’s  Research  products  are  sold  and  distributed  globally  in  digital  and  print  formats 
through  multiple  channels,  including  research  libraries  and  library  consortia,  independent  subscription  agents, 
direct  sales  to  professional  society  members,  bookstores,  online  booksellers  and  other  customers.  Publishing 
centers  include  Australia,  China,  Germany,  India,  the  United  Kingdom  and  the  United  States.  Research 
accounted for approximately 56% of total Company revenue in fiscal year 2016 which declined at a compound 
annual rate of 1% over the past five years.   

Research  revenue  by  product  type  includes:  Journal  Subscriptions;  Author-Funded  Access;  Other  Journal 
Revenue, which includes publishing service charges for article customization charges, sales of journal licensing 
rights, journal reprint revenue, backfiles and individual articles. In addition, Print Books; Digital Books; and Other 
Books and Reference Revenue, which includes, advertising, book licensing rights, distribution services and the 
sale of protocols.   

- 15 - 

 
 
 
The graph below presents Research revenue by product type for fiscal year 2016 and 2015:  

Author-Funded 
Access
3%

Digital Books
5%

Licensing 
and Other
1%

Print Books
9%

Licensing, 
Reprints, 
Backfiles 
and Other
18%

Journal 
Subscriptions
63%

2016

Author-Funded 
Access
2%

Digital Books
4%

Print Books
10%

Licensing, 
Reprints, 
Backfiles 
and Other
18%

Licensing 
and Other
1%

Journal 
Subscriptions
65%

2015

Key growth strategies for the Research business include evolving and developing new licensing models for the 
Company’s  institutional  customers;  developing  new  funded  access  revenue  streams;  focusing  resources  on 
high-growth  and  emerging  markets;  and  developing  new  digital  products,  services  and  workflow  solutions  to 
meet the needs of researchers, authors, societies and corporate customers.   

Approximately 50% of Journal Subscription revenue is derived from publishing rights owned by the Company. 
Publishing alliances also play a major role in Research’s success. Approximately 50% of Journal Subscription 
revenue  is  derived  from  publication  rights  which  are  owned  by  professional  societies  and  published  by  the 
Company pursuant to a long-term contract or owned jointly with a professional society. These society alliances 
bring  mutual  benefit,  with  the  societies  gaining  Wiley’s  publishing,  marketing,  sales  and  distribution  expertise, 
while Wiley benefits from being affiliated with prestigious societies and their members. The Company publishes 
the  journals  of  many  prestigious  societies,  including  the  American  Cancer  Society,  the  American  Heart 
Association, the British Journal of Surgery Society, the European Molecular Biology Organization, the American 
Anthropological Association, the American Geophysical Union and the German Chemical Society.  

The Company transitioned from issue-based to time-based digital journal subscription agreements for calendar 
year  2016.  Under  this  new  model,  the  Company  provides  access  to  all  journal  content  published  within  a 
calendar  year  and  recognizes  revenue  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  calendar  year.  Under  the  Company’s 
previous licensing model, a customer subscribed to a discrete number of online journal issues and revenue was 
recognized as each issue was made available online. The change shifted approximately $37 million of revenue 
from fiscal year 2016 to the remainder of calendar year 2016 (fiscal year 2017). The change had no impact on 
free cash flow. The Company made these changes to significantly simplify the contracting and administration of 
digital journal subscriptions.  

The  Company’s  Research  business  is  a  provider  of  content  and  services  in  evidence-based  medicine  (EBM). 
Through  the  Company’s  alliance  with  The  Cochrane  Collaboration,  the  Company  publishes  The  Cochrane 
Library,  a  premier  source  of  high-quality  independent  evidence  to  inform  healthcare  decision-making,  which 
provides  the  foundation  for  the  Company’s  growing  suite  of  EBM  products  designed  to  improve  patient 
healthcare.  EBM  facilitates  the  effective  management  of  patients  through  clinical  expertise  informed  by  best 
practice evidence that is derived from medical literature. 

Wiley Online Library, the online publishing platform for the Company’s Research business, is one of the world’s 
broadest  and  deepest  multidisciplinary  collections  of  online  resources  covering life,  health  and  physical 
sciences,  social  science  and  the  humanities.  Designed  with  extensive  input  from  scholars  around  the  world, 
Wiley Online Library delivers seamless integrated access to over 7 million articles from 1,700 journals, 19,000 

- 16 - 

 
 
 
 
 
online books, and hundreds of multi-volume reference works, laboratory protocols and databases. Wiley Online 
Library provides the user with intuitive navigation, enhanced discoverability, expanded functionality and a range 
of personalization options. Access to abstracts is free, full content is accessible through licensing agreements or 
as individual article purchases. Large portions of the content are provided free or at nominal cost to nations in 
the  developing  world  through  partnerships  with  certain  non-profit  organizations.  Wiley  Online  Library  also 
provides the Company with revenue growth opportunities through new applications and business models, online 
advertising, deeper market penetration and individual sales and pay-per-view options.  

Full  content  Access  on  Wiley  Online  Library  is  sold  through  licenses  with  academic  and  corporate  libraries, 
consortia and other academic, government and corporate customers. The Company offers a range of licensing 
options  including  customized  suites  of  journal  publications  for  individual  customer  needs  as  well  as 
subscriptions for individual journal and online book publications. Licenses are typically sold in durations of one 
to three years. Through the Article Select and PayPerView programs, the Company provides fee-based access 
to non-subscribed journal content, book chapters and major reference work articles.  

Wiley Online Library takes advantage of technology to update content frequently and to add new features and 
resources  on  an  ongoing  basis  to  increase  the  productivity  of  scientists,  professionals  and  students.  Two 
examples  are  EarlyView,  through  which  customers  can  access  individual  articles  well  in  advance  of  print 
publication,  and  the  Wiley  Journals  Apps  service,  which  enables  users  to  access  articles  and  related  content 
from over 200 titles on a tablet or other mobile device. 

Wiley  Open  Access  is  the  Company’s  publishing  program  for  open-access  research  articles.  Under  the  Wiley 
Open Access business model, research articles submitted by authors are published in open-access journals. All 
research  articles  published  in  Wiley  Open  Access  journals  are  freely  available  to  the  general  public  on  Wiley 
Online  Library  to  read,  download  and  share.    A  publication  service  fee  is  charged  upon  acceptance  of  a 
research  article  by  the  Company,  which  may  be  paid  by  the  individual  author  or  by  the  author’s  funder  or 
institution. To actively support researchers and members who wish to publish in Wiley Open Access journals, an 
academic or research institution, society or corporation may fund the fee directly. In return for the service fee, 
the  Company  provides  its  customary  publishing,  editing,  peer  review,  technology  and  distribution  services.  All 
accepted open-access articles are subject to the same rigorous peer-review process applied to the Company’s 
subscription  based  journals  which  are  supported  by  the  Company’s  network  of  prestigious  journals  and 
societies. In addition to Wiley Open Access, the Company provides authors with the opportunity to make their 
individual research articles that were published within the Company’s paid subscription journals freely available 
to the general public through OnlineOpen on payment of an Article Payment Charge. 

Professional Development (“PD”): 

The Company’s Professional Development business acquires, develops and publishes professional information 
and content delivered through print and digital books, test preparation, assessments, online learning solutions 
and  certification  and  training  services.  Communities  served  include  business,  finance,  accounting,  workplace 
learning,  management,  leadership,  technology,  behavioral  health,  engineering/architecture  and  education. 
Professional Development’s mission is to create products and services that help professionals worldwide learn, 
achieve  results,  and  enhance  their  skills  throughout  their  careers  enabling  corporations  to  maximize  their 
investment in employees, having them become more effective in the workplace. Products are developed in print 
and  digitally  for  worldwide  distribution  through  multiple  channels,  including  chain  and  online  booksellers, 
libraries,  colleges  and  universities,  corporations,  direct  to  consumer,  websites,  distributor  networks  and  other 
online  applications.  Publishing  centers  include  Australia,  Germany,  India,  the  United  Kingdom  and  the  United 
States.  Professional  Development  accounted  for  approximately  23%  of  total  Company  revenue  in  fiscal  year 

- 17 - 

2016  which  declined  at  a  compound  annual  rate  of  1%  over  the  past  five  years,  including  the  impact  of  the 
divested consumer publishing programs in fiscal year 2013 and the acquisitions of Inscape in fiscal year 2012, 
Efficient  Learning  Systems,  Inc.  in  fiscal  year  2013,  Profiles  in  fiscal  year  2014  and CrossKnowledge  in  fiscal 
year 2015.  

Professional Development revenue by product type includes Print Books; Digital Books; Online Test Preparation 
and Certification; Assessments; and Corporate Learning.  

The graph below presents PD revenue by product type for fiscal year 2016 and 2015:  

Corporate 
Learning 
13%

Print Books
48%

Online Test 
Preparation 
and 
Certification 
7%

Assessments 
14%

Corporate 
Learning
10%

Print Books
51%

Online Test 
Preparation 
and 
Certification
5%

Assessments
14%

Other 
Knowledge 
Service 
Revenue 
7%

2016

Digital Books 
12%

Other 
Knowledge 
Service 
Revenue
7%

Digital Books
12%

2015

Key  growth  strategies  for  the  Professional  Development  business  include:  developing  and  acquiring  products 
and services to drive corporate development and professional career development; developing leading brands 
and  franchises;  executing  strategic  acquisitions  and  partnerships;  innovating  digital  book  formats  while 
expanding their global discoverability and distribution; and creating advertising opportunities on the Company’s 
branded websites and online applications. Several of the more recent acquisitions that focus on achieving these 
growth strategies are described in more detail below. 

In  May  2014,  the  Company  acquired  CrossKnowledge  for  approximately  $166  million  in  cash,  net  of  cash 
acquired.  CrossKnowledge  is  a  learning  solutions  provider  focused  on  leadership  and  managerial  skills 
development  that  offers  subscription-based,  digital  learning  solutions  for  global  corporations,  universities,  and 
small  and  medium-sized  enterprises.  CrossKnowledge’s  solutions  include  a  variety  of  managerial  and 
leadership  skills  assessments,  courses,  certifications,  content  and  executive  training  programs  that  are 
delivered on a cloud-based LMS platform with over 19,000 learning objects in 17 languages. CrossKnowledge 
serves  over  seven  million  end-users  in  80  countries.  CrossKnowledge  generated  revenue  of  $50.7  million  in 
fiscal year 2016. 

In April 2014, the Company acquired Profiles International (“Profiles”) for approximately $48 million in cash, net 
of  cash  acquired.  Profiles  provides  pre-employment  assessment  and  selection  tools  that  enable  employers  to 
optimize  candidate  selections  and  develop  the  full  potential  of  their  employees.  Solutions  include  pre-hire 
assessments,  including  those  designed  to  measure  and  match  personality,  knowledge,  skills,  managerial  fit, 
loyalty,  and  values;  and  post-hire  assessments,  focused  on  measuring  sales  and  managerial  effectiveness, 
employee performance and career potential. Profiles serves approximately 4,000 corporate clients and millions 
of end users in over 120 countries, with assessments available in 32 languages. Profiles generated revenue of 
$20.3 million in fiscal year 2016. 

In 2012, the Company acquired Efficient Learning Systems, Inc. (“ELS”) for approximately $24 million in cash, 
net  of  cash  acquired.  ELS  is  an  e-learning  system  provider  focused  in  the  areas  of  professional  finance  and 

- 18 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
accounting.    ELS’  flagship  product,  CPAExcel,  is  a  modular,  digital  platform  comprised  of  online  self-study, 
videos, mobile apps, and sophisticated planning tools that has helped over 65,000 professionals prepare for the 
CPA exam since 1998. The acquisition enhanced Wiley’s position in the growing CPA test preparation market 
and  provided  the  Company  with  a  scalable  platform  that  can  be  leveraged  globally  across  other  areas  of  its 
Professional Development business. In 2013, the Company also acquired Elan Guides for approximately $2.5 
million. Elan Guides provides content in multiple formats to help prepare candidates for the CFA examinations. 
The fiscal year 2016 revenue associated with these businesses was approximately $14.1 million.  

In 2012, Wiley acquired Inscape Holdings, Inc. (“Inscape”), a leading provider of assessment-based employee 
training solutions, for approximately $85 million in cash, net of cash acquired. The acquisition combined Wiley’s 
deep  well  of  valuable  content  and  global  reach  in  leadership  and  training  with  Inscape’s  talent  development 
content, technology and distribution network, including the innovative EPIC online assessment-delivery platform 
and an elite global authorized distributor network of over 1,700 independent consultants, trainers, and coaches. 
Inscape’s  solution-focused  products  are  used  in  thousands  of  organizations,  including  major  government 
agencies and Fortune 500 companies. Inscape generated revenue of $29.3 million in fiscal year 2016.  

Inscape’s  solutions-focused  DiSC®  offerings  complement  Wiley’s  existing  offerings,  such  as  Kouzes  and 
Posner’s  Leadership  Practices  Inventory®  and  The  Five  Behaviors  of  a  Cohesive  TeamTM,  in  the  growing 
workplace  learning  industry.  The  combined  assessment  offerings  increased  the  Company’s  presence  in  the 
professional  training  and  development  arena.  We  believe  Inscape’s  competitive  strengths  will  also  advance  a 
number of Professional Development’s major strategic goals. As a workplace learning business with more than 
90%  of  revenue  from  a  proprietary  digital  platform,  Inscape  enables  Wiley  to  move  more  rapidly  into  digital 
delivery within the growing workplace learning and assessment market and build a significant market position in 
the  category  of  leadership  development.  Inscape  also  enhanced  Wiley’s  global  presence,  serving  customers 
around  the  world  in  more  than  30  languages  each  year,  with  approximately  28%  of  fiscal  year  2016  revenue 
generated outside the U.S through Inscape’s dedicated global distributor network.  

Publishing Alliances and Programs: 

Publishing  alliances  and  franchise  products  are  central  to  the  Company’s  strategy.  Professional  Development 
alliance partners include Bloomberg Press, the American Institute of Architects, the Leader to Leader Institute, 
Fisher Investments, the CFA Institute, ACT (American College Test), Autodesk and many others. 

The  Company  also  promotes  an  active  and  growing  Professional  Development  custom  publishing  program. 
Custom  publications  are  typically  used  by  organizations  for  internal  promotional  or  incentive  programs.  The 
Company’s  custom  publications  include  digital  and  print  books  written  specifically  for  a  customer  and 
customizations  of  Professional  Development’s  existing  publications  to  include  custom  cover  art,  such  as 
imprints, messages and slogans. Of special note are customized For Dummies publications, which leverage the 
power of this well-known brand to meet the specific information needs of a wide range of organizations around 
the world. 

Education: 

The Company’s Education business produces educational content and solutions, including course management 
tools  for  instructors  and  students  and  online  program  services  for  higher  education  institutions.  Education’s 
mission is to help teachers teach and students learn by delivering personalized content, tools and services that 
demonstrate  results  to  students,  faculty  and  institutions  throughout  the  world.  Education  offers  learning 
solutions, innovative products and services principally delivered through college bookstores, online distributors 
and directly to institutions and more recently direct-to-student, with customers having access to content in digital 

- 19 - 

and custom print formats, as well as the traditional print  textbook. Education’s cost-effective, flexible solutions 
are  available  in  each  of  its  publishing  disciplines,  including  sciences,  engineering,  computer  science, 
mathematics,  business  and  accounting,  statistics,  geography,  hospitality  and  the  culinary  arts,  education, 
psychology and modern languages. 

Education  accounted  for  approximately  21%  of  total  Company  revenue  in  fiscal  year  2016  and  generated 
revenue growth at a compound annual rate of 3% over the past five years, including the acquisition of Deltak in 
fiscal year 2013.  

Education  revenue  by  product  type  includes  Print  Textbooks;  Digital  Books;  Online  Program  Management 
(Deltak);  Custom  Material;  Course  Workflow  (WileyPLUS),  and  Other  Education  revenue  which  includes 
revenue from the licensing of publishing content rights and other content adaptions.   

The graph below presents Education revenue by product type for fiscal year 2016 and 2015:  

Other 
Education 
Revenue
2%

Online 
Program 
Management 
(Deltak) 
27%

Course 
Workflow 
(WileyPLUS) 
16%

Print 
Textbooks 
30%

Other 
Education 
Revenue
3%

Online 
Program 
Management 
(Deltak) 
22%

Digital 
Books 
10%

Course 
Workflow 
(WileyPLUS) 
14%

Print 
Textbooks 
39%

Custom 
Material 
15%

2016

Custom 
Material 
14%

2015

Digital 
Books 
9%

The Company continues to transform the Education business from a content publisher to an education solutions 
provider.  Education’s  key  growth  strategies  include  developing  and  acquiring  digital  products  and  solutions 
across the educational value chain; continuing the transformation of the business from traditional print products 
to digital and custom products and services; focusing on  institutional relationships and direct-to-student digital 
products; and developing the Company’s online education services model acquired with Deltak.  

In  2012,  the  Company  acquired  Deltak  for  approximately  $220  million  in  cash,  net  of  cash  acquired.  Deltak 
works  in  close  partnership  with  leading  colleges  and  universities  to  develop  and  support  online  degree  and 
certificate programs. These new services position the Company as an online education services provider. Wiley 
now  provides  a  complete  solution  to  help  higher  education  institutions  transition  their  programs  into  valuable 
online  experiences.  Deltak  offers  market  research  to  validate  degree  or  certification  program  demand; 
instructional  design;  marketing;  student  recruitment;  and  retention  services.  Deltak  uses  its  Engage  Learning 
Management System and Student Relationship Platform to enhance the quality and efficacy of online and hybrid 
programs. The Company now has access to high-growth markets and a variety of capabilities and technologies 
for  its  expansion  into  custom  online  courses  and  curriculum  development.  The  Company  leverages  its  strong 
reputation  and  financial  stability  for  new  program  investment,  to  accelerate  growth  globally,  to  access 
professional consumers and corporations and to expand content and faculty development offerings. As of April 
30, 2016, the Company had 38 partners and 226 degree programs under contract.  Deltak generated revenue of 
$96.5 million in fiscal year 2016. 

Strategic partnerships and relationships with companies such as Microsoft®, Blackboard, Canvas, Snapwiz and 
the Culinary Institute of America are an important component of Education’s growth strategy. The ability to join 

- 20 - 

Wiley’s product development, sales, marketing, distribution and technology with a partner’s content, technology 
and/or brand name has contributed to Education’s success. 

Education  offers  high-quality  online  learning  solutions  including  Course  Workflow  (WileyPLUS),  a  research-
based, online environment for effective teaching and learning that is integrated with a complete digital textbook. 
WileyPLUS  improves  student  learning  through  instant  feedback,  personalized  learning  plans,  and  self-
evaluation  tools  as  well  as  a  full  range  of  course-oriented  activities,  including  online  planning,  presentations, 
study,  homework  and  testing.  In  selected  courses,  WileyPlus  includes  a  personalized  adaptive  learning 
component, Orion, which is based on cognitive science. Orion helps to build student proficiency on topics while 
improving the effectiveness of their study time. It assists educators in identifying areas that need reinforcement 
and measures student engagement and proficiency throughout the course.  

Education  promotes  and  supports  the  customization  of  its  content.  Wiley  Custom  Learning  Solutions  is  a  full-
service  custom  publishing  program  that  offers  an  array  of  tools  and  services  designed  to  put  creation  of 
customized content in instructors’ hands. Our suite of custom products empowers users to create high-quality, 
affordable  education  solutions  tailored  to  meet  individual  classroom  needs.  Through  Wiley  Custom  Select,  an 
online  custom  textbook  system,  instructors  can  easily  build  print  and  digital  materials  tailored  to  their  specific 
course needs and add their own content to create a customized solution derived from any one of the Company’s 
three business segments.  

Knowledge-Enabled Products and Services: 

Journal Products:  

The  Company  publishes  approximately  1,700  Research  and  Professional  Development  journals.  Journal 
Subscription revenue and other related publishing income, such as Author-Funded Access, advertising, backfile 
sales, the licensing of publishing rights, journal reprints and individual article sales accounted for approximately 
48% of the Company’s consolidated fiscal year 2016 revenue. The journal portfolio includes titles owned by the 
Company, in which case they may or may not be sponsored by a professional society; titles owned jointly with a 
professional society; and titles owned by professional societies and published by the Company pursuant to long-
term contracts. 

The  Company  sells  journal  subscriptions  directly  through  Company  sales  representatives;  indirectly  through 
independent  subscription  agents;  through  promotional  campaigns;  and  through  memberships  in  professional 
societies for those journals that are sponsored by societies. Journal subscriptions are primarily licensed through 
contracts  for  digital  content  delivered  through  the  Company’s  online  platform,  Wiley  Online  Library.  Contracts 
are negotiated by the Company directly with customers or their subscription agents. Licenses range from one to 
three  years  in  duration  and  typically  cover  calendar  years.  Print  journals  are  generally  mailed  to  subscribers 
directly from independent printers. The Company does not own or manage printing facilities. The print journal 
content is also available online via Wiley Online Library. Subscription revenue is generally collected in advance, 
and deferred until the Company has fulfilled its obligation to the customer at which time the revenue is earned. 
The Company transitioned from issue-based to time-based digital journal subscription agreements for calendar 
year  2016.  Under  this  new  model,  the  Company  provides  access  to  all  journal  content  published  within  a 
calendar  year  and  recognizes  revenue  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  calendar  year.  Under  the  Company’s 
previous licensing model, a customer subscribed to a discrete number of online journal issues and revenue was 
recognized  as  each  issue  was  made  available  online.    The  Company  made  these  changes  to  simplify  the 
contracting and administration of digital journal subscriptions.  Print journal subscription revenue is recognized 
once the related issue is shipped.   

- 21 - 

Societies  that  sponsor  or  own  such  journals  generally  receive  a  royalty  and/or  other  consideration.  The 
Company may procure editorial services from such societies on a pre-negotiated fee basis. The Company also 
enters into agreements with outside independent editors of journals that define the duties of the editors, and the 
fees  and  expenses  for  their  services.  Contributors  of  articles  to  the  Company’s  journal  portfolio  transfer 
publication  rights  to  the  Company  or  a  professional  society,  as  applicable.  Journal  articles  may  be  based  on 
funded research through government or charitable grants. In certain cases the terms of the grant may require 
the grant holder to make articles (either the published version or an earlier unedited version) available free of 
charge  to  the  general  public,  typically  after  an  embargo  period.  Funded  open  access  under  the  Company’s 
Wiley Open Access and OnlineOpen business models facilitate the ability of the grant holder to comply. 

Book Products: 

Book  products  and  other  book  publishing  revenue,  such  as  advertising  and  the  sale  of  publishing  rights, 
accounted for approximately 41% of the Company’s consolidated fiscal year 2016 revenue.  Materials for book 
publications  are  obtained  from  authors  throughout  most  of  the  world  through  the  efforts  of  an  editorial  staff, 
outside editorial advisors, and advisory boards. Most materials are originated by the authors themselves or as a 
result of suggestion or solicitations by editors and advisors. The Company enters into agreements with authors 
that state the terms and conditions under which the materials will be published, the name in which the copyright 
will  be  registered,  the  basis  for  any  royalties,  and  other  matters.  Most  of  the  authors  are  compensated  with 
royalties,  which  vary  depending  on  the  nature  of  the  product.  The  Company  may  make  advance  payments 
against future royalties to authors of certain publications. Royalty advances are reviewed for recoverability and a 
reserve for loss is maintained, if appropriate.  

The Company continues to add new titles, revise existing titles, and discontinue the sale of others in the normal 
course of its business, and also creates adaptations of original content for specific markets based on customer 
demand.  The  Company’s  general  practice  is  to  revise  its  textbooks  approximately  every  three  years,  if 
warranted,  and  to  revise  other  titles  as  appropriate.  Subscription-based  products  are  updated  on  a  more 
frequent basis.  

Professional books are sold to bookstores and online booksellers serving the general public; wholesalers who 
supply such bookstores; warehouse clubs; college bookstores; individual practitioners; and research institutions, 
libraries  (including  public,  professional,  academic,  and  other  special  libraries),  industrial  organizations,  and 
government  agencies.  The  Company  employs  sales  representatives  who  call  upon  independent  bookstores, 
national and regional chain bookstores and wholesalers. Sales of professional books also result from direct mail 
campaigns,  telemarketing,  online  access,  advertising  and  reviews  in  periodicals.  Trade  sales  are  generally 
made  on  a  returnable  basis  with  certain  restrictions.  The  Company  provides  for  estimated  future  returns  on 
sales made during the year based on historical return experience and current market trends.  

Adopted  education  textbooks  and  related  supplementary  material  and  digital  products  are  sold  primarily  to 
bookstores  and  online  booksellers,  serving  both  for-profit,  nonprofit  educational  institutions  and  direct-to-
students. The Company employs sales representatives who call on faculty responsible for selecting books to be 
used  in  courses,  and  on  the  bookstores  that  serve  such  institutions  and  their  students.  Textbook  sales  are 
generally  made  on  a  returnable  basis  with  certain  restrictions.  The  textbook  business  is  seasonal,  with  the 
majority  of  textbook  sales  occurring  during  the  June  through  August  and  November  through  January  periods. 
There are active used and rental textbook markets, which adversely affect the sale of new textbooks. 

The  Company  generally  contracts  with  independent  printers  and  binderies  globally  for  their  services.  The 
Company purchases its paper from independent suppliers and printers. The fiscal year 2016 weighted average 

- 22 - 

U.S.  paper  prices  decreased  approximately  1%  from  fiscal  year  2015.  Approximately  75%  of  the  Company’s 
paper inventory is held in the United States. Management believes that adequate printing and binding facilities, 
sources of paper and other required materials are available to it, and that it is not dependent upon any single 
supplier.  Printed  book  products  are  distributed  from  both  Company-operated  warehouses  and  independent 
distributors. 

The Company develops content in a digital format that can be used for both digital and print products, resulting 
in productivity and efficiency savings, and enabling print-on-demand delivery. Book content is available online 
through Wiley Online Library, WileyPLUS, Wiley Custom Select and other proprietary platforms.  Digital books 
are  delivered  to  intermediaries  including  Amazon,  Apple  and  Google,  for  re-sale  to  individuals  in  various 
industry-standard  formats,  which  are  now  the preferred  deliverable  for  licensees  of  all  types,  including  foreign 
language  publishers.  Digital  books  are  also  licensed  to  libraries  through  aggregators.  Specialized  formats  for 
digital  textbooks  go  to  distributors  servicing  the  academic  market,  and  digital  book  collections  are  sold  by 
subscription  through  independent  third-party  aggregators  servicing  distinct  communities.  Custom  deliverables 
are provided to corporations, institutions and associations to educate their employees, generate leads for their 
products,  and  extend  their  brands.  Content  from  digital  books  is  also  used  to  create  website  articles,  mobile 
apps,  newsletters  and  promotional  collateral.  This  continual  re-use  of  content  improves  margins,  speeds 
delivery and helps satisfy a wide range of customer needs. The Company’s online presence not only enables it 
to deliver content online, but also to sell more books. The growth of online booksellers benefits the Company 
because they provide unlimited virtual “shelf space” for the Company’s entire backlist.   

Marketing  and  distribution  services  are  made  available  to  other  publishers  under  agency  arrangements.  The 
Company also engages in co-publishing titles with international publishers and receives licensing revenue from 
photocopies, reproductions, translations, and digital uses of its content.  

Solutions: 

The  Company  believes  that  the  demand  for  learning  solutions  will  continue  to  increase  for  the  foreseeable 
future.  In order to meet this demand, the Company is focused on delivering knowledge-enabled services, which 
improve learning, career development and employment management for its target communities.  With the goal 
of servicing its customers across the arc of their careers the Company is creating new revenue streams through 
organic  development and acquisition.  The  acquisitions  of Deltak,  Inscape,  ELS,  Profiles  and  CrossKnowledge 
have enhanced the Company’s portfolio of knowledge-enabled digital services and provided the Company with 
new  capabilities  and  expertise,  including  new  channels  to  market  and  direct  end-user  engagement.  The 
Inscape,  ELS,  Profiles  and  CrossKnowledge  acquisitions  highlight  the  Company’s  focus  on  providing  digital 
content;  workflow  solutions  around  professional  career  development  and  talent  assessment,  while  the  Deltak 
acquisition  positions  the  Company  as  an  online  higher  educational  solutions  provider  with  a  variety  of 
capabilities  and  technologies  for  its  expansion  into  custom  online  course  and  curriculum  development.  In 
addition,  Education’s  Course  Workflow  (WileyPLUS)  platform  improves  student  learning  through  instant 
feedback, personalized learning plans and self-evaluation tools.  

Corporate Learning:  

The  Corporate  Learning  (CrossKnowledge)  business  offers  digital  learning  solutions  for  global  corporations, 
universities,  and  small  and  medium-sized  enterprises,  which  are  sold  on  a  subscription  or  fee  basis. 
CrossKnowledge’s solutions include a variety of managerial and leadership topics such as leadership, diversity, 
value  creation,  client  orientation,  change  and  corporate  strategy,  that  are  delivered  on  a  cloud-based  LMS 
platform with over 19,000 learning objects in 17 languages. Its Mohive offering also provides a collaborative e-
learning  publishing  and  program  creation  system.  Revenue  growth  is  derived  from  legacy  markets,  such  as 

- 23 - 

Europe, Asia and the Nordics, and in newer markets, such as the U.S. and Latin America. In addition, content 
and  LMS  offerings  are  continuously  refreshed  and  expanded  to  serve  a  wider  variety  of  customer  needs. 
Corporate Learning revenue was approximately $50.7 million in fiscal year 2016.  

Assessments: 

The  Inscape and  Profiles businesses represent  the core  of  the Company’s  professional assessment services. 
These businesses offer four of the leading assessment brands available in the market today. The offerings are 
delivered  to  customers  through  online  digital  delivery  platforms  either  directly  or  through  an  authorized 
distributor network of independent consultants, trainers and coaches. The Company’s professional assessment 
services  offer  highly  flexible  packages  and  modules  for  its  customers  that  include  online  pre  and  post-hire 
assessments. Revenue for these products and services are deferred until the Company’s obligation has been 
performed, typically when an online assessment has been completed. Assessment revenue was approximately 
$57.4 million in fiscal year 2016.  

Professional Online Test Preparation and Certifications: 

The  Company’s  acquisitions  of  ELS  and  Elan  Guides  represent  the  Company’s  professional  Online  Test 
Preparation and Certification services. These businesses offer a variety of online learning solutions and training 
activities that are delivered to customers directly through online digital delivery platforms.  ELS’ flagship product, 
CPAExcel, is a modular, digital platform comprised of online self-study, videos, mobile apps, and sophisticated 
planning tools to help professionals prepare for the CPA exam. Elan Guides provides content in multiple formats 
to  help  prepare  candidates  for  the  Certified  Financial  Analyst  examinations.    Revenue  for  these  products  and 
services  are  deferred  until  the  Company’s  obligation  has  been  performed,  typically  when  an  online  training 
program has been completed or over the timeframe covered by a license to use the online training and study 
materials. PD’s Online Test Preparation and Certification revenue was approximately $28.2 million in fiscal year 
2016. 

Online Program Management (Deltak): 

As  student  demand  continues  to  drive  higher  education  institutions  to  offer  online  degree  and  certificate 
programs, institutions are partnering with online program management businesses to develop and support these 
programs.  Through the Deltak acquisition, the Company  has entered this high-growth market, accelerated its 
digital learning strategy and diversified the service offerings of its Education business to include both operational 
and  academic  solutions  for  higher  education  institutions.  Through  Deltak,  the  Company  acquired  capabilities 
and  technologies  to  expand  into  custom  online  course  and  curriculum  development.  Deltak  services  include 
market  research,  marketing,  student  recruitment,  enrollment  support,  proactive  retention  support,  academic 
services  to  design  courses,  faculty  support  and  access  to  the  Deltak  Engage  Learning  Management  System.  
Deltak’s  online  program  management  revenue  is  derived  from  pre-negotiated  contracts  with  institutions  that 
provide for a share of tuition generated from students who enroll in programs that Deltak develops and manages 
for  its  institutional  partners.  Online  program  management  revenue  is  deferred  and  recognized  over  the 
timeframe  that  each  student  is  enrolled  in  the  online  program.  As  of  April  30,  2016  the  Company  had  38 
partners  and  226  degree  programs  under  contract.  Deltak  generated  revenue  of  $96.5  million  in  fiscal  year 
2016. 

Course Workflow (WileyPLUS): 

Through Education’s WileyPLUS platform, the Company offers an online environment for effective teaching and 
learning that is fully integrated with  a complete digital or print textbook. WileyPLUS improves student learning 
through instant feedback, personalized learning plans, and self-evaluation tools as well as a full range of course-

- 24 - 

oriented activities, including online planning, presentations, study, homework and testing.  WileyPLUS revenue 
is  deferred  and  recognized  over  the  timeframe  that  each  student  is  enrolled  in  the  online  course.  WileyPLUS 
revenue was approximately $58.6 million in fiscal year 2016.  

Advertising Revenue: 

The  Company  generates  advertising  revenue  from  print  and  online  journal  subscription  products;  its  online 
publishing platform,  Wiley Online Library; online events such as webinars and virtual conferences; community 
interest  websites  such  as  spectroscopyNOW.com  and  websites  for  the  Company’s  leading  brands  like 
Dummies.com.  These  revenues  accounted  for  approximately  2%  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  fiscal  year 
2016 revenue.   

Advertisements  are  sold  by  company  and  independent  sales  representatives  to  advertising  agencies 
representing the Company’s target customers. Typical customers include worldwide pharmaceutical companies; 
equipment  manufacturers  and  distributors  servicing  the  pharmaceutical  industry;  recruiters;  and  a  variety  of 
businesses  targeting  the  Company’s  leading  brand  customers.  The  Company’s  advertising  growth  strategy 
focuses  on  increasing  the  volume  of  advertising  on  its  online  publishing  platform;  leveraging  the  brand 
recognition  of  its  titles  and  society  partnerships;  the  development  of  new  advertising  products  such  as  online 
video promotions or event sponsorship arrangements; and advertising in new and emerging technologies such 
as the mobile devices market (i.e. applications for smartphones and tablets). 

Global Operations 

The  Company’s  publications  and  services  are  sold  throughout  most  of  the  world  through  operations  primarily 
located  in  Europe,  Canada,  Australia,  Asia,  and  the  United  States.  All  operations  market  their  indigenous 
publications, as well as publications produced by other publishing locations of the Company. The Company also 
markets publications through independent agents as well as independent sales representatives in countries not 
served  by  the  Company.  John  Wiley  &  Sons  International  Rights,  Inc.,  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the 
Company, sells reprint and translations rights worldwide. The Company publishes or licenses others to publish 
its  products,  which  are  distributed  throughout  the  world  in  many  languages.  Approximately  49%  of  the 
Company’s consolidated fiscal year 2016 revenue was billed in non-U.S. markets. 

The global nature of the Company’s business creates an exposure to foreign currency. Each of the Company’s 
geographic locations sells products worldwide in multiple currencies. The percentage of Consolidated Revenue 
for  fiscal  year  2016  recognized  in  the  following  currencies  (on  an  equivalent  U.S.  dollar  basis)  were: 
approximately 57% U.S dollar; 28% British pound sterling; 8% euro and 7% other currencies. 

Competition and Economic Drivers within the Publishing Industry 

The  sectors  of  the  publishing  and  information  services  industry  in  which  the  Company  is  engaged  are 
competitive.  The  principal  competitive  criteria  for  the  publishing  industry  are  considered  to  be  the  following: 
product  quality,  customer  service,  suitability  and  searchability  of  format  and  subject  matter,  author  reputation, 
price,  timely  availability  of  both  new  titles  and  revisions  of  existing  books,  digital  availability  of  published 
products, and timely delivery of products to customers. 

The  Company  is  in  the  top  rank  of  publishers  of  research  journals  worldwide,  a  leading  commercial  research 
chemistry  publisher;  the  leading  professional  society  journal  publisher;  one  of  the  leading  publishers  of 
university and college textbooks and related materials for the “hardside” disciplines, (i.e. sciences, engineering, 
and  mathematics),  and  a  leading  publisher  in  its  targeted  Professional  Development  markets.  The  Company 

- 25 - 

knows  of  no  reliable  industry  statistics  that  would  enable  it  to  determine  its  share  of  the  various  international 
markets in which it operates. 

Performance Measurements 

The Company measures its performance based upon revenue, operating income, earnings per share and cash 
flow,  excluding  unusual  or  one-time  events,  and  considering  worldwide  and  regional  economic  and  market 
conditions. The Company evaluates market share statistics for publishing programs in each of its businesses.  
Research uses various reports to monitor competitor performance and industry financial metrics.  Specifically for 
Research journal titles, the Thomson Reuters® Journal Citation Reports are used as a key metric of a journal 
title’s  influence  in  scientific  publishing.  For  Professional  Development,  the  Company  evaluates  market  share 
statistics periodically published by BOOKSCAN, a statistical clearinghouse for book industry point of sale data in 
the  United  States.  The  statistics  include  survey  data  from  all  major  retail  outlets,  online  booksellers,  mass 
merchandisers,  small  chain  and  independent  retail  outlets.  For  Education,  the  Company  subscribes  to 
Management  Practices  Inc.,  which  publishes  customized  comparative  sales  reports,  and  also  uses  industry 
statistics and reports produced by the Association of American Publishers.  

Results of Operations 

Throughout  this  report,  references  to  variances  “excluding  foreign  exchange”,  “currency  neutral  basis”  and 
“performance  basis”  exclude  both  foreign  currency  translation  effects  and  transactional  gains  and  losses. 
Foreign  currency  translation  effects  are  based  on  the  change  in  average  exchange  rates  for  each  reporting 
period multiplied by the current period’s volume of activity in local currency for each non-U.S. location.  For fiscal 
years 2016 and 2015, the average annual exchange rates to convert British pounds sterling to U.S. dollars were 
1.50  and  1.60;  the  average  annual  exchange  rates  to  convert  euros  into  U.S.  dollars  were  1.11  and  1.25, 
respectively;  and  the  average  annual exchange  rates  to  convert Australian  dollars  into  U.S.  dollars  were  0.74 
and 0.86, respectively. Unless otherwise noted, all variance explanations below are on a currency neutral basis. 

FISCAL YEAR 2016 SUMMARY RESULTS 

Revenue: 

Revenue  for  fiscal  year  2016  decreased  5%  to  $1,727.0  million,  or  2%  excluding  the  unfavorable  impact  of 
foreign exchange.  The decrease was mainly driven by a decline in print books ($44 million) and the previously 
announced transition to time-based digital journal subscription agreements for calendar year 2016 ($37 million), 
partially  offset  by  growth  in  Online  Program  Management  (Deltak)  ($14  million);  Corporate  Learning 
(CrossKnowledge)  ($13  million);  online  test  preparation  and  certification  ($6  million);  new  product  formats  in 
Education ($6 million); digital books ($4 million) and other ($4 million). 

As previously announced the Company transitioned from issue-based to time-based digital journal subscription 
agreements for calendar year 2016. The transition to time-based digital journal subscription agreements shifted 
approximately $37 million of revenue from fiscal year 2016 to the remainder of calendar year 2016 (fiscal year 
2017).  The  change  had  no  impact  on  free  cash  flow.  The  Company  made  these  changes  to  simplify  the 
contracting and administration of digital journal subscriptions.  

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit: 

Cost  of  sales  for  fiscal  year  2016  decreased  7%  to  $465.9  million,  or  4%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 
foreign  exchange.    The  decrease  was  mainly  driven  by  lower  sales  volume  ($8  million);  cost  savings  from 
outsourcing and procurement initiatives and lower cost digital products ($13 million); lower royalty cost due to 
the  transition  to  time-based  digital  journal  subscription  agreements  ($5  million)  and  other  ($4  million),  mainly 

- 26 - 

lower composition costs, partially offset by higher royalty rates on society owned journals ($5 million); growth in 
Corporate Learning (CrossKnowledge) ($4 million) and Online Program Management (Deltak) ($2 million). 

Gross profit margin for fiscal year 2016 increased 40 basis points to 73.0% mainly driven by growth in higher 
margin  digital  products  (70  basis  points),  partially  offset  by  the  impact  of  transitioning  to  time-based  digital 
journal subscription agreements. 

Operating and Administrative Expenses: 

Operating  and  administrative  expense  for  fiscal  year  2016  decreased 1%  to  $994.6  million,  but  increased  2% 
excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange.  The increase reflects higher student recruitment costs to 
support  new  Online  Program  Management  (Deltak)  programs  ($14  million);  investment  in  the  Company’s 
Enterprise  Resource  Planning  and  related  systems  ($13  million)  and  other  technology  development  and 
maintenance  ($17  million);  higher  employment  costs  ($13  million),  mainly  merit  increases  and  higher  accrued 
variable incentive compensation; investments in Corporate Learning (CrossKnowledge) ($11 million); and higher 
process reengineering consulting ($4 million) and legal costs ($4 million).  Restructuring and other cost savings 
initiatives  ($41  million);  synergies  from  the  Talent  Solution-Assessment  business  ($6  million);  and  lower 
distribution  costs  due  to  lower  sales  volumes  of  print  books  and  journals  ($2  million)  partially  offset  the  cost  
increases.  

Restructuring Charges: 

Beginning in fiscal year 2013, the Company initiated a program (the “Restructuring and Reinvestment Program”) 
to restructure and realign its cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. The Company is 
targeting a majority of the cost savings achieved to improve margins and earnings, while the remainder will be 
reinvested in high growth digital business opportunities.  

In fiscal years 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $28.6 million ($0.32 per 

share) and $28.8 million ($0.34 per share), respectively, related to this program. These charges are reflected in 
Restructuring  Charges  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  and  summarized  in  the  following  table  (in 
thousands): 

Charges by Segment: 
   Research 
   Professional Development 
   Education 
   Shared Services 
Total Restructuring Charges 

Charges by Activity: 
   Severance 
   Process reengineering consulting 
   Other activities 
Total Restructuring Charges 

2016 

2015 

Total Charges 
Incurred to Date 

$5,048 
2,277 
1,206 
20,080 
$28,611 

$16,443 
7,191 
4,977 
$28,611 

$4,555 
4,385 
1,571 
18,293 
$28,804 

$17,093 
301 
11,410 
$28,804 

$20,273 
24,806 
4,786 
74,724 
$124,589 

$79,204 
18,666 
26,719 
$124,589 

Other  Activities  reflects  leased  facility  consolidations,  contract  termination  costs  and  the  curtailment  of  certain 
defined  benefit  pension  plans.  The  fiscal  year  2016  restructuring  charges  of  $28.6  million  are  expected  to  be 
fully recovered within the next 18 months.  

- 27 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of Intangibles: 

Amortization  of  intangibles  decreased  $1.5  million  in  fiscal  year  2016  mainly  due  to  the  effect  of  foreign 
exchange. 

Interest Expense/Income, Foreign Exchange and Other: 

Interest  expense  for  fiscal  year  2016  decreased  $0.4  million  to  $16.7  million  due  to  a  decrease  in  the 
Company’s  average  borrowing  rate  from  2.1%  to  2.0%,  partially  offset  by  higher  average  debt  balances 
outstanding.  Foreign exchange transaction gains decreased from $1.7 million to $0.5 million in fiscal year 2016.   

Provision for Income Taxes: 

The effective tax rate for fiscal year 2016 was 16.6% compared to 21.6% in the prior year.  In fiscal year 2016, 
the Company recorded non-cash deferred tax benefits of $5.9 million ($0.10 per share), principally associated 
with new tax legislation enacted in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) that reduced the future U.K. statutory income tax 
rates  by  2%.  The  benefits  reflect  the  remeasurement  of  all  applicable  U.K.  deferred  tax  balances  to  the  new 
income  tax  rates  of  19%  effective  April  1,  2017  and  18%  effective  April  1,  2020.    In  fiscal  year  2015,  the 
Company  recognized  a  non-recurring  tax  benefit  of  $3.1  million  ($0.05  per  share)  related  to  tax  deductions 
claimed on the write-up of certain foreign tax assets to fair market value. Excluding the impact of the tax benefits 
described  above,  the  Company’s  effective  tax  rate  decreased  from  22.9%  to  19.9%  principally  due  to  lower 
foreign tax rates, a tax reserve release and a lower proportion of income from the U.S. at higher tax rates. 

Earnings Per Share: 

Earnings  per  diluted  share  for  fiscal  year  2016  decreased  $0.49  per  share  to  $2.48  per  share,  or  $0.43  per 
share excluding the current ($0.32 per share) and prior year ($0.34 per share) restructuring charges, the current 
year  deferred  tax  benefit  on  the  U.K.  rate  change  ($0.10  per  share),  the  prior  year  non-recurring  tax  benefit 
($0.05 per share) and the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange ($0.13 per share).  The decline was mainly 
driven by the transition to time-based digital journal subscription agreements ($0.42 per share); investments in 
the Company’s Enterprise Resource Planning and related systems, Online Program Management (Deltak) and 
Corporate Learning (CrossKnowledge), partially offset by restructuring and other cost savings initiatives. 

BUSINESS SEGMENT RESULTS: 

As part of Wiley’s Restructuring and Reinvestment Program, the Company consolidated its marketing services 
functions into a single global shared service function.  This newly centralized service group enables significant 
cost  reduction  opportunities,  including  efficiencies  gained  from  standardized  technology  and  centralized 
management.  The  costs  of  these  functions  were  previously  reported  as  direct  operating  expenses  in  each 
business segment but are now reported within Shared Services and Administrative Costs and are allocated to 
each  business  segment.  In  addition,  the  Company  modified  its  product/service  revenue  categories  for  the 
Research  segment.  As  a  result,  prior  year  amounts  have  been  restated  to  reflect  these  same  reporting 
methodologies.  The  Company  uses  occupied  square  footage  of  space;  number  of  employees;  units  shipped; 
specific  identification/activity-based;  gross  profit;  revenue  and  number  of  invoices  to  allocate  shared  service 
costs to each business segment. 

- 28 - 

 
 
RESEARCH: 

Revenue: 
Journal Revenue: 

2016 

2015 

% change 
% change  w/o FX (a) 

Journal Subscriptions 
Author-Funded Access 
Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other 
Total Journal Revenue 

 $611,403 
 25,669 
 178,542 
 815,614 

 $672,218  
 22,388  
 188,326  
 882,932  

Books and References: 

Print Books 
Digital Books 
Licensing and Other 
Total Books and References Revenue 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales 

Gross Profit 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 

Direct Contribution to Profit 
Direct Contribution Margin 

Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 
Distribution and Operation Services 
Technology and Content Management 
Occupancy and Other 

Contribution to Profit  

Contribution Margin 

-9% 
15% 
-5% 
-8% 

-9% 
5% 
-9% 
-5% 

-7% 

-5% 

-8% 

-6% 
-2% 

-6%
21%
0%
-4%

-6%
9%
0%
-1%

-3%

-1%

-4%

-2%
2%

 90,586 
 44,788 
 14,266 
 149,640 

 99,746  
 42,512  
 15,605  
 157,863  

 $965,254 

 $1,040,795  

 (262,693)

 (275,487)

 $702,561 
72.8%

 $765,308  

73.5%

 (245,278)
 (28,190)
 (4,555)

 (229,666)
 (27,546)
 (5,048)

 $440,301 
45.6%

 $487,285  

-10% 

-6%

46.8%

 (39,348)
 (98,442)
 (29,516)

 (44,620)
 (96,486)
 (30,405)

 $272,995 

 $315,774  

28.3%

30.3%

-12% 
2% 
-3% 

-14% 

-7%
5%
2%

-10%

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2016 and 2015 Restructuring Charges  

Revenue: 

Research revenue for fiscal year 2016 decreased 7% to $965.3 million, or 3% excluding the unfavorable impact 
of foreign exchange. As previously announced, the Company transitioned from issue-based to time-based digital 
journal  subscription  agreements  for  calendar  year  2016.  The  change  shifted  approximately  $37  million  of 
revenue  from  fiscal  year  2016  to  the remainder of  calendar  year 2016  (fiscal  year 2017).  The change  had  no 
impact on free cash flow. The Company made these changes to simplify the contracting and administration of 
digital  journal  subscriptions.  Excluding  the  impact  of  the  transition  to  time-based  subscriptions  and  foreign 
exchange, Research revenue was flat with the prior year. 

Journal Subscriptions revenue decreased 6% on a currency neutral basis mainly due the impact of moving to 
time-based digital journal subscriptions ($37 million) and the trailing effects of the Swets bankruptcy ($3 million).  
As  previously  disclosed,  Swets  Information  Services,  a  global  library  subscription  agent  based  in  Amsterdam, 
declared  bankruptcy  in  late  September  2014.  Excluding  the  impact  of  transitioning  to  time-based  journal 

- 29 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
subscription agreements and foreign exchange, Journal Subscription revenue was flat with the prior year.  As of 
April  30,  2016,  calendar  year  2016  journal  subscription  renewals  were  1%  higher  than  calendar  year  2015 
billings on a constant currency basis with approximately 95% of targeted business under contract for the 2016 
calendar year. 

Author-Funded  Access,  which  represents  article  publication  fees  that  provide  for  free  access  to  articles,  grew 
$3.3 million in fiscal year 2016. Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles and Other revenue of $178.5 million was flat with 
the prior year on a constant currency basis. 

On a currency neutral basis, Print Books declined 6% to $90.6 million in fiscal year 2016.  Digital Books grew 
9% on a currency neutral basis which was mainly driven by a single $4 million digital book sale in the current 
year. Licensing and Other revenue of $14.3 million was flat with the prior year on a currency neutral basis. 

Revenue by Region is as follows: 

Revenue by Region: 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales: 

2016 

2015 

% of 
Revenue 

% change 
w/o FX 

$370,111 
540,562 
54,581 
 $965,254 

$398,573
585,693 
 56,529 
 $1,040,795 

38% 
56% 
6% 
100% 

-6%
-3%
7%
-3%

Cost  of  Sales  for  fiscal  year  2016  decreased  5%  to  $262.7  million,  or  1%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 
foreign  exchange.  The  decrease  was  mainly  driven  by  lower  royalty  costs  due  to  the  transition  to  time-based 
digital  journal  subscription  agreements  ($5  million)  and  cost  savings  from  outsourcing  and  procurement 
initiatives  and  lower  cost  digital  products  ($4  million),  partially  offset  by  higher  royalty  rates  on  society  owned 
journals ($5 million) and higher print inventory obsolescence provisions ($1 million). 

Gross Profit: 

Gross  Profit  Margin  decreased  70  basis  points  to  72.8%  in  fiscal  year  2016  mainly  due  to  the  impact  of 
transitioning to time-based digital journal subscription agreements. 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct Expenses for fiscal year 2016 decreased 6% to $229.7 million, or 2% excluding the favorable impact of 
foreign exchange.  The decrease was mainly driven by the curtailment of a Company defined benefit pension 
plan ($3 million) and other restructuring savings and cost containment initiatives ($6 million), partially offset by 
merit  increases  ($2  million);  higher  legal  and  process  reengineering  consulting  fees  ($2  million);  and  higher 
accrued incentive compensation ($1 million).  Amortization of Intangibles decreased $0.6 million to $27.5 million 
in fiscal year 2016 mainly due to the favorable impact of foreign exchange.   

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution  to  Profit  for  fiscal  year 2016  decreased  14%  to $273.0  million, or 10% excluding  the unfavorable 
impact of foreign exchange and the current and prior year Restructuring Charges.  The decrease was principally 
driven by the impact of the transition to time-based journal subscriptions; higher royalty rates on society owned 
journals; and higher employment costs, partially offset by restructuring and other cost savings from outsourcing 
and procurement initiatives.  Contribution Margin was 28.3% compared to 30.3% in the prior year period. 

- 30 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Society Partnerships 

  6 new society journals were signed with combined annual revenue of approximately $12 million 
  87 renewals/extensions were signed with approximately $54 million in combined annual revenue 
  18 journals were not renewed with combined annual revenue of approximately $11 million 

Journal Impact Index 

In July 2015, Wiley announced a strong performance in the number of its journal titles indexed in the Thomson 
Reuters® 2014 Journal Citation Reports (JCR). A total of 1,200 Wiley titles were indexed, with 24 Wiley journals 
achieving the top rank in their respective categories and 240 achieving a top 10 ranking. The Thomson Reuters 
index is a barometer of journal influence across the research community. 

PROFFESIONAL DEVELOPMENT (PD): 

2016 

2015 

% change 

% change 
w/o FX (a) 

Revenue: 
Knowledge Services: 
Print Books 
Digital Books 
Online Test Preparation and Certification 
Other Knowledge Service Revenue 

Talent Solutions: 
Assessment 
Corporate Learning 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales 

Gross Profit 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses  
Amortization of Intangibles 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 

Direct Contribution to Profit 

Direct Contribution Margin 

Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 
Distribution and Operation Services 
Technology and Content Management 
Occupancy and Other 

Contribution to Profit 

Contribution Margin  

 $192,149 
 47,089 
 28,169 
 28,813 
 296,220 

 $206,086  
 49,672  
 22,119  
 30,094  
 307,971  

 $57,369 
 50,692 
 108,061 

 $57,035  
 42,017  
 99,052  

 $404,281 

 $407,023  

 (103,652)

 (114,014) 

 $300,629 
74.4%

 $293,009  
72.0% 

 (118,638)
 (12,691)
 (2,277)

 (131,969) 
 (13,498) 
 (4,385) 

 $167,023 
41.3%

 $143,157  
35.2% 

 (28,364)
 (40,951)
 (23,160)

 (30,838) 
 (48,002) 
 (26,180) 

 $74,548 

 $38,137  

18.4%

9.4% 

-7%
-5%
27%
-4%
-4%

1%
21%
9%

-1%

-9%

3%

-10%
-6%

-4%
-3%
27%
-2%
-2%

1%
31%
14%

2%

-7%

6%

-7%
-3%

17%

17%

-8%
-15%
-12%

95%

-5%
-13%
-8%

84%

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2016 and 2015 Restructuring Charges  

Revenue: 

PD revenue for fiscal year 2016 decreased 1% to $404.3 million, but increased 2% excluding the unfavorable 
impact of foreign exchange.  The increase on a currency neutral basis was driven by growth in Talent Solutions, 
and Online Test Preparation and Certification partially offset by a decline in Book Revenue.  

- 31 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Knowledge  Services  revenue  decreased  4%  to  $296.2  million,  or  2%  excluding  the  unfavorable  impact  of 
foreign exchange.  The decrease was mainly driven by Print ($9 million) and Digital ($2 million) Books and Other 
Knowledge Services Revenue ($1 million), partially offset by growth in Online Test Preparation and Certification 
($6 million).  Print and Digital Books results reflected continued retail softness, particularly in EMEA and Asia, 
partially offset by lower sales return provisions.  The increase in Online Test Preparation and Certification was 
driven by new editions of GMAT titles and growth in proprietary sales of the Company’s CPA, CFA and CMA 
online certification products.  The decline in Other Knowledge Services was driven by lower revenue from the 
licensing of intellectual content. 

Talent  Solutions  revenue  increased  9%  to  $108.1  million,  or  14%  excluding  the  unfavorable  impact  of  foreign 
exchange.  Revenue growth in Corporate Learning came from new customers, including the expansion into the 
U.S. market, and renewals for existing customers, with France, U.S. and Central and South American markets 
driving  the  results.  Assessment  revenue  grew  1%  in  fiscal  year  2016  and  was  driven  by  higher  post-hire 
assessment revenue, partially offset by an expected decline in pre-hire assessment revenue following portfolio 
actions to optimize longer-term profitable growth. 

Revenue by Region is as follows: 

Revenue by Region: 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales: 

2016 

2015 

% of 
Revenue 

% change 
w/o FX 

 $291,258
92,106
20,917
 $404,281

 $288,882
95,613
22,528
 $407,023 

72% 
23% 
5% 
100% 

1%
4%
0%
2%

Cost  of  Sales  for  fiscal  year  2016  decreased  9%  to  $103.7  million,  or  7%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 
foreign exchange.  The decrease was mainly driven by lower cost digital products ($6 million); lower royalty and 
print  inventory  obsolescence  provisions  ($4  million);  and  lower  sales  volume  ($2  million),  partially  offset  by 
growth in the Corporate Learning business ($4 million). 

Gross Profit: 

Gross Profit Margin increased by 240 basis points to 74.4% in fiscal year 2016.  The improvement was mainly 
driven by higher margin digital revenue (170 bps) and lower royalty and print inventory obsolescence provisions 
(70 bps). 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct Expenses for fiscal year 2016 decreased 10% to $118.6 million, or 7% excluding the favorable impact of 
foreign  exchange.  The  reduction  was  driven  by  restructuring  and  other  cost  savings  ($18  million)  and  lower 
process  reengineering  consulting  fees  ($1  million),  partially  offset  by  Corporate  Learning  business  growth  ($8 
million);  higher  accrued  variable  incentive  compensation  ($2  million);  and  merit  increases  ($1  million). 
Amortization of Intangibles decreased $0.8 million to $12.7 million in fiscal year 2016. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution  to  Profit  for  fiscal  year  2016  was  $74.5  million  compared  to  $38.1  million  in  the  prior  year.  The 
improvement  was  mainly  driven  by  restructuring  and  other  cost  savings,  gross  margin  improvement  and 
reduced technology investment. Contribution Margin for fiscal year 2016 increased from 9.4% to 18.4%. 

- 32 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Test Preparation Partnership 

Wiley announced a partnership with ACT, the nation’s leader in college and career readiness, to enhance both 
organizations’  test  prep  product  offerings  and  take  over  as  the  exclusive  publisher  for  ACT’s  The  Real  ACT® 
Prep Guide beginning in January 2016.  Maker of the ACT test and ACT WorkKeys®, among other respected 
assessment  programs,  ACT  (American  College  Test)  is  committed  to  providing  insights  that  help  individuals 
better prepare for success throughout their lives—from education through career.  

Junior Achievement Program 

CrossKnowledge  and  Junior  Achievement  USA®  announced  a  joint  partnership  that  will  bring  digital  learning 
solutions to thousands of students and educators.  As part of the agreement, CrossKnowledge has donated the 
use of its Learning Management System (LMS) to Junior Achievement USA (JA) for the next five years (starting 
in 2016) through the CrossKnowledge Foundation. This in-kind contribution is one of the largest of its kind in the 
history of JA. By 2020, we expect that CrossKnowledge programs will reach 1.6 million JA users.  

CrossKnowledge/L’Oréal platform:   

CrossKnowledge  announced  the  creation  of  MySalon-Edu.com,  an  online  platform  that  focuses  on  salon 
education, in conjunction with L’Oréal group. The e-cademy massive online open course (MOOC) was created 
for professional hairdressers and beauticians. 

EDUCATION: 

Revenue: 
Books: 

Print Textbooks 
Digital Books 

Custom Materials 

Course Workflow Solutions (WileyPLUS) 

Online Program Management (Deltak) 

Other Education Revenue 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales 

Gross Profit 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 

Direct Contribution to Profit 
Direct Contribution Margin 

Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 
Distribution and Operation Services 
Technology and Content Management 
Occupancy and Other 

Contribution to Profit  

Contribution Margin  

2016 

2015 

% change 
% change  w/o FX (a) 

 $107,636 
 34,462 
 142,098 

 $144,500  
 34,086  
 178,586  

 51,842 

 58,551 

 96,469 

 8,542 

 50,659  

 54,200  

 81,593  

 9,584  

 $357,502 

 $374,622  

 (99,573)

 (110,182) 

 $257,929 
72.1%

 (128,821)
 (9,527)
 (1,206)

 $118,375 
33.1%

 $264,440  
70.6% 

 (125,613) 
 (9,527) 
 (1,571) 

 $127,729  
34.1% 

 (15,207)
 (51,612)
 (15,688)

 (12,863) 
 (54,272) 
 (13,950) 

 $35,868 

 $46,644  

10.0%

12.5% 

- 33 - 

-26% 
1% 
-20% 

2% 

8% 

18% 

-11% 

-5% 

-10% 

-2% 

3% 
0% 

-7% 

18% 
-5% 
12% 

-23% 

-20%
5%
-15%

2%

10%

18%

-11%

-2%

-8%

0%

5%
0%
0%

-3%

24%
-3%
15%

-18%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2016 and 2015 Restructuring Charges 

Revenue: 

Education revenue for fiscal year 2016 decreased 5% to $357.5 million, or 2% excluding the unfavorable impact 
of  foreign  exchange.    Print  Textbooks  decreased  20%  to  $107.6  million  due  to  higher  returns;  retail  channel 
consolidation; lower enrollments; increased market penetration by rental; and a shift to lower priced alternatives 
such as Digital Books, Custom Materials and Course Workflow Solutions (WileyPLUS). Digital books increased 
5%  to  $34.5  million,  Custom  Materials  increased  2%  to  $51.8  million,  and  Course  Workflow  Solutions 
(WileyPLUS) increased 10% to $58.6 million on a currency neutral basis due to new and digital formats. Other 
Education  Revenue  decreased  11%  to  $8.5  million  principally  due  to  lower  revenue  from  the  licensing  of 
intellectual content.   

Revenue  from  Online  Program  Management  (Deltak)  grew  18%  to  $96.5  million  reflecting  higher  enrollments; 
an  increase  in  institutional  partners  and  programs  generating  revenue;  and  growth  in  fee-for-service 
agreements. As of April 30, 2016, Deltak had 38 partners and 226 degree programs under contract, compared 
to  38  partners  and  200  programs  as  of  April  30,  2015.  As  of  April  30,  2016,  186  of  Deltak’s  226  degree 
programs were revenue generating. 

Revenue by Region is as follows: 

Revenue by Region: 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales: 

2016 

2015 

% of 
Revenue 

% change 
w/o FX 

 $295,296 
 15,764 
 46,442 
 $357,502 

 $300,174 
 19,265 
 55,183 
 $374,622 

83% 
4% 
13% 
100% 

-1% 
-15% 
-4% 
-2% 

Cost  of  Sales  for  fiscal  year  2016  decreased  10%  to  $99.6  million,  or  8%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 
foreign  exchange.  The  decrease  was  mainly  driven  by  lower  sales  volume  ($7  million);  savings  from 
procurement  initiatives  and  lower  cost  digital  products  ($3  million);  and  lower  composition  costs  ($3  million), 
partially  offset  by  higher  Online  Program  Management  (Deltak)  costs  due  to  program  growth  ($2  million)  and 
higher royalty costs due to mix ($2 million).  

Gross Profit: 

Gross  Profit  Margin  for  fiscal  year  2016  improved  150  basis  points  to  72.1%  principally  due  higher  margin 
growth from Online Program Management (Deltak) (80 bps) and lower inventory and composition costs. 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct  Expenses  increased  3%  to  $128.8  million,  or  5%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange.  
The  increase  was  mainly  driven  by  student  recruitment  costs  to  support  new  Online  Program  Management 
(Deltak) programs ($14 million) and merit increases ($1 million), partially offset by restructuring and other cost 
savings ($5 million); lower accrued variable incentive compensation ($2 million); and other, mainly lower third-
party  advertising  and  promotional  expenses  ($2  million).  Amortization  of  Intangibles  was  $9.5  million  in  fiscal 
years 2016 and 2015. 

- 34 - 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution to Profit for fiscal year 2016 decreased 23% to $35.9 million, or 18% excluding the current and prior 
year Restructuring Charges and the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange.  The decline was mainly driven by 
lower  print  book  revenue;  investment  in  Online  Program  Management  (Deltak)  programs;  and  higher  digital 
fulfillment  and  marketing  support  costs,  partially  offset  by  restructuring  and  other  cost  savings  and  reduced 
technology investments. Contribution Margin was 10.0% compared to 12.5% in the prior year.  

SHARED SERVICES AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS: 

As part of Wiley’s Restructuring and Reinvestment Program, the Company consolidated its marketing services 
functions into a single global shared service function.  This newly centralized service group enables significant 
cost  reduction  opportunities,  including  efficiencies  gained  from  standardized  technology  and  centralized 
management.  The  costs  of  these  functions  were  previously  reported  as  direct  operating  expenses  in  each 
business segment but are now reported within Shared Services and Administrative Costs and are allocated to 
each  business  segment.  As  a  result,  prior  year  amounts  have  been  restated  to  reflect  these  same  reporting 
methodologies.  The  Company  uses  occupied  square  footage  of  space;  number  of  employees;  units  shipped; 
specific  identification/activity-based;  gross  profit;  revenue  and  number  of  invoices  to  allocate  shared  service 
costs to each business segment. 

Dollars in thousands 

2016 

2015 

% Change 

Distribution and Operation Services 
Technology and Content Management  
Finance 
Other Administration 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 
Total 

 $83,109  
 257,822  
 49,798  
 126,777  
 20,080  
 $537,586  

 $89,024  
 244,850  
 52,796  
 115,469  
 18,293  
 $520,432  

-7% 
5% 
-6% 
10% 

3% 

% Change 
w/o FX (a) 

-3% 
8% 
-2% 
13% 

6% 

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2016 and 2015 Restructuring Charges 

Shared  Services  and  Administrative  Costs  for  fiscal  year  2016  increased  3%  to  $537.6  million,  or  6%  on  a 
currency neutral basis and excluding the current and prior year Restructuring Charges. Lower Distribution and 
Operation Services costs mainly reflect lower journal shipping and handling costs ($2 million). Technology and 
Content Management increased mainly due to incremental investments in the Company’s Enterprise Resource 
Planning  and  related  systems  ($13  million);  higher  license,  maintenance  and  hosting  costs  ($11  million); 
investments in Corporate Learning (CrossKnowledge) and Online Program Management (Deltak) programs ($3 
million);  and  merit  increases  ($2  million),  partially  offset  by  restructuring  and  other  cost  savings  ($14  million). 
Finance costs decreased 2% on a currency neutral basis mainly due to restructuring and other cost savings ($1 
million). Other Administration costs increased mainly due to higher employment costs ($8 million); higher legal 
costs  ($3  million);  Online  Program  Management  (Deltak)  program  growth  ($2  million);  and  process 
reengineering consulting costs ($2 million).  

U.S. Distribution Outsourcing: 

As  part  of  the  Company’s  restructuring  initiatives,  in  November  2015,  Wiley  entered  into  an  agreement  to 
outsource  its  US-based  print  textbook  fulfillment  operations  to  Cengage  Learning,  with  the  aim  of  creating  a 
more  efficient  and  variable  cost  model.   As  of  April  30,  2016  these  operations  were  fully  transitioned  to 
Cengage. 

- 35 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES:  

The  Company’s  Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents  balance  was  $363.8  million  at  the  end  of  fiscal  year  2016, 
compared  with  $457.4  million  a  year  earlier.  Cash  Provided  by  Operating  Activities  in  fiscal  year  2016 
decreased $5.2 million from fiscal year 2015 to $350.0 million principally due to the timing of vendor and royalty 
payments ($28 million); higher employee retirement plan contributions ($6 million); and higher royalty advance 
payments due to higher royalty rates on society owned journals and new society contracts ($5 million), partially 
offset by lower annual incentive compensation payments ($15 million); lower income tax payments and deposits 
($11 million); lower payments related to the Company’s restructuring programs ($2 million); and timing of journal 
subscription cash collections.  The change  in  deferred  revenue was  driven  by lower  non-cash  earnings mainly 
due to the impact of transitioning to time-based digital journal subscription agreements; foreign exchange; and 
timing of cash collections. 

Cash Used for Investing Activities in fiscal year 2016 was $151.4 million compared to $279.7 million in the prior 
year. Fiscal year 2015 includes the acquisition of CrossKnowledge (Corporate Learning) for approximately $166 
million in cash, net of cash acquired. The acquisition was funded through the use of the existing credit facilities 
and available cash and did not have an impact on the Company’s ability to meet other operating, investing and 
financing  needs.  Acquisitions  in  fiscal  year  2016  mainly  reflect  the  acquisition  of  publication  rights  for  society 
journals.  During fiscal year 2015, the Company received $1.1 million of escrow proceeds from the sale of certain 
consumer publishing assets in fiscal year 2013 which represented the final amounts due to the Company from 
the sale of those assets.   

Composition  spending  was  $37.3  million  in  fiscal  year  2016  compared  to  $39.4  million  in  the  prior  year.  Cash 
used for technology, property and equipment was $93.7 million in fiscal year 2016 compared to $69.1 million in 
the  prior  year.    The  increase  mainly  reflects  incremental  investment  in  the  Company’s  Enterprise  Resource 
Planning and related systems ($18 million) and other technology infrastructure.   

Cash Used for Financing Activities was $285.7 million in fiscal year 2016 compared to $61.0 million in the prior 
year. During fiscal year 2016, net debt repayments were $145.1 million compared to borrowings of $47.7 million 
in the prior year.  The Company’s net debt (debt less cash and cash equivalents) decreased $51.4 million from 
the prior year to $241.2 million.  

On March 1, 2016, the Company amended and extended its existing revolving credit agreement (“RCA”) with a 
syndicated bank group led by Bank of America. The previous RCA consisted of a $940 million senior revolving 
credit facility due on November 2, 2016. The new agreement consists of a $1.1 billion five-year senior revolving 
credit facility payable March 1, 2021.  The proceeds of the amended facility will be used for general corporate 
purposes  including  seasonal  operating  cash  requirements  investments  in  technology  systems  and  new 
businesses,  and  strategic  acquisitions.  Under  the  agreement,  which  can  be  drawn  in  multiple  currencies,  the 
Company has the option of borrowing at the following floating interest rates:  (i) at a rate based on the London 
Interbank  Offered  Rate  (“LIBOR”)  plus  an  applicable  margin  ranging  from  0.98%  to  1.50%,  depending  on  the 
Company’s consolidated leverage ratio, as defined, or (ii) for U.S. dollar-denominated loans only, at the lender’s 
base  rate  plus  an  applicable  margin  ranging  from  zero  to  0.45%,  depending  on  the  Company’s  consolidated 
leverage ratio.  The lender’s base rate is defined as the highest of (i) the U.S. federal funds effective rate plus a 
0.50%  margin,  (ii)  the  Eurocurrency  rate,  as  defined,  plus  a  1.00%  margin,  or  (iii)  the  Bank  of  America  prime 
lending  rate.    In  addition,  the  Company  pays  a  facility  fee  ranging  from  0.15%  to  0.25%  depending  on  the 
Company’s consolidated leverage ratio.  The Company also has the option to request an additional credit limit 
increase of up to $350 million in minimum increments of $50 million, subject to the approval of the lenders. The 
credit  agreement  contains  certain  restrictive  covenants  related  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  leverage  ratio 

- 36 - 

and interest coverage ratio, which the Company was in compliance with as of April 30, 2016. Due to the fact that 
there  are  no  principal  payments  due  until  the  end  of  the  agreement  in  fiscal  year  2021,  the  Company  has 
classified its entire debt obligation related to this facility as long-term which was approximately $605.0 million as 
of April 30, 2016. As of April 30, 2015, the entire debt obligation related to the previous facility of approximately 
$750.1 was classified as long-term.  As part of the amendment, the Company paid $3.4 million in debt financing 
costs in fiscal year 2016 which were capitalized and included in the Other Assets line item in the Consolidated 
Statements  of  Financial  Position.  The  total  notional  amount  of  the  fixed  interest  rate  swap  agreements 
associated with the Company’s revolving credit facility was $500.0 million as of April 30, 2016. 

On August 6, 2015, the Company amended its December 22, 2014 364-day U.S. dollar revolving credit facility 
reinstated every 30 days with Santander Bank, N.A. by increasing the facility to $100 million from $50 million.  
The additional $50 million was drawn during August and used to repay a portion of the senior revolving credit 
facility. The facility was equally ranked with the Company’s previous agreement with Bank of America - Merrill 
Lynch and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, and TD Bank, N.A. The facility was fully paid on April 29, 2016.  This 
facility’s termination date was May 23, 2016 and was not renewed.  

During fiscal year 2016, the Company repurchased 1,432,284 shares of common stock at an average price of 
$48.86 compared to 1,082,502 shares at an average price of $57.26 in the prior year.  In fiscal year 2016, the 
Company increased its quarterly dividend to shareholders by 3% to $0.30 per share versus $0.29 per share in 
the prior year. Lower proceeds from the exercise of stock options mainly reflected lower stock option exercises 
in fiscal year 2016 compared to the prior year. 

The  Company’s  operating  cash  flow  is  affected  by  the  seasonality  and  timing  of  receipts  from  its  Research 
journal  subscriptions  and  its  Education  business.  Cash  receipts  for  calendar  year  Research  subscription 
journals occur primarily from December through April.  Reference is made to the Customer Credit Risk section, 
which  follows,  for  a  description  of  the  impact  on  the  Company  as  it  relates  to  independent  journal  agents’ 
financial  position  and  liquidity.  Sales  primarily  in  the  U.S.  higher  education  market  tend  to  be  concentrated  in 
June through August, and again in November through January. Due to this seasonality, the Company normally 
requires increased funds for working capital from May through October. 

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents  held  outside  the  U.S.  were  approximately  $339  million  as  of  April  30,  2016.  The 
balances in equivalent U.S. dollars were comprised primarily of pound sterling ($222 million), euros ($46 million), 
Singapore dollars ($19 million), U.S. dollars ($18 million), Australian dollars ($14 million), and other ($20 million). 
Maintenance of these cash and cash equivalent balances outside the U.S. does not have a material impact on 
the liquidity or capital resources of the Company’s global, including U.S., operations. Cash and cash equivalent 
balances outside the U.S. may be subject to U.S. taxation, if repatriated. The Company intends to reinvest cash 
outside the U.S. except in instances where repatriating such earnings would result in no additional income tax.  
Accordingly, the Company has not accrued for U.S. income tax on the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings.  It is not 
practical to determine the U.S. income tax liability that would be payable if such cash and cash equivalents were 
not indefinitely reinvested. 

As of April 30, 2016, the Company had approximately $605 million of debt outstanding and approximately $602 
million of unused borrowing capacity under its Revolving Credit and other facilities. The Company believes that 
its  operating  cash  flow,  together  with  its  revolving  credit  facilities  and  other  available  debt  financing,  will  be 
adequate to meet its operating, investing and financing needs in the foreseeable future, although there can be no 
assurance that continued or increased volatility in the global capital and credit markets will not impair its ability to 
access these markets on terms commercially acceptable.  The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet 
debt. 

- 37 - 

The Company’s working capital can be negative due to the seasonality of its businesses. The primary driver of 
the  negative  working  capital  is  unearned  deferred  revenue  related  to  subscriptions  for  which  cash  has  been 
collected  in  advance.  Cash  received  in  advance  for  subscriptions  is  used  by  the  Company  for  a  number  of 
purposes  including  acquisitions;  debt  repayments;  funding  operations;  dividend  payments;  and  purchasing 
treasury shares.  The deferred  revenue will  be recognized  as  income when  the  products  are  shipped  or made 
available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2016 include 
$426.5 million of such deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance. 

Projected  capital  spending  for  Technology,  Property  and  Equipment  and  Composition  for  fiscal  year  2017  is 
forecast  to  be  approximately  $115  million  and  $50  million,  respectively.  The  increase  in  fiscal  year  2017 
Technology,  Property  and  Equipment  projected  spending  is  mainly  driven  by  investment  in  new  enterprise 
resource systems to enable future operating efficiency gains and spending to transform the Company’s Hoboken 
headquarters to enable consolidation and productivity gains. Projected spending for author advances, which is 
classified as an operating activity, for fiscal year 2017 is forecast to be approximately $110 million. 

FISCAL YEAR 2015 SUMMARY RESULTS 

Revenue: 

Revenue  for  fiscal  year  2015  increased  3%  to  $1,822.4  million,  or  4%  excluding  the  unfavorable  impact  of 
foreign  exchange.  The  increase  mainly  reflects  incremental  revenue  from  the  recent  acquisitions  of 
CrossKnowledge  Group,  Ltd.  (“CrossKnowledge”)  ($42  million)  and  Profiles  International  (“Profiles”)  ($21 
million), growth in Education custom products and workflow solutions ($12 million), Education Services (Deltak) 
($11  million),  the  sale  of  an  individually  large  journal  backfile  license  ($10  million),  journal  subscriptions  ($7 
million), funded access revenue ($5 million), growth in online test preparation ($3 million) and other ($9 million), 
mainly  the  licensing  of  research  publication  content,  partially  offset  by  lower  print  book  revenue  in  all  three 
businesses ($46 million). 

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit: 

Cost of sales for fiscal year 2015 decreased 1% to $499.7 million, but was flat excluding the favorable impact of 
foreign exchange.  Cost savings  from  outsourcing  and  procurement  initiatives  ($10  million),  lower  print  volume 
($5  million)  and  lower  cost  digital  products  ($5  million)  were  partially  offset  by  incremental  costs  from 
acquisitions ($8 million), higher royalty rates on society owned journals ($5 million), Education Services (Deltak) 
program growth ($3 million) and higher journal subscription volume ($3 million). 

Gross profit for fiscal year 2015 of 72.6% was 120 basis points higher than prior year due to cost savings from 
outsourcing and procurement initiatives and growth in digital products (90 basis points) and incremental revenue 
from  higher  margin  acquisitions  (60  basis  points),  partially  offset  by  higher  royalty  rates  on  society  owned 
journals (30 basis points). 

Operating and Administrative Expenses: 

Operating and administrative expenses for fiscal year 2015 increased 4% to $1,005.0 million, or 5% excluding 
the  favorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange.  The  increase  was  mainly  driven  by  incremental  operating  and 
administrative  expenses  from  acquisitions  ($54  million),  higher  technology  costs  related  to  investments  in 
internal  systems  and  digital  platforms  ($18  million)  including  continued  development  costs  related  to  the 
Company’s new global Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) system ($6 million), Education Services (Deltak) 
program  growth  ($16  million),  other  employment  costs,  principally  merit  ($3  million);  the  expiration  of  a  real 
estate tax incentive related to the Hoboken headquarters ($3 million) and higher editorial costs in Research to 

- 38 - 

support  business  growth  ($2  million),  partially  offset  by  restructuring  and  other  cost  savings  ($39  million)  and 
lower accrued incentive compensation ($12 million).   

Restructuring Charges: 

In  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  initiated  a  program  (the  “Restructuring  and  Reinvestment  Program”)  to 
restructure  and  realign  its  cost  base  with  current  and  anticipated  future  market  conditions.  The  Company  is 
targeting a majority of the cost savings achieved to improve margins and earnings, while the remainder will be 
reinvested in high growth digital business opportunities.  

In fiscal years 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $28.8 million ($0.34 per 
share) and $42.7 million ($0.48 per share), respectively, related to this program. These charges are summarized 
in the following table (in thousands): 

Charges by Segment: 
   Research 
   Professional Development 
   Education 
   Shared Services 
Total Restructuring Charges 

Charges by Activity: 
   Severance 
   Process reengineering consulting 
   Other activities 
Total Restructuring Charges 

2015 

2014 

Total Charges 
Incurred to Date 

$4,555 
4,385 
1,571 
18,293 
$28,804 

$17,093 
301 
11,410 
$28,804 

$7,774 
11,860 
891 
22,197 
$42,722 

$25,962 
8,556 
8,204 
$42,722 

$15,225 
22,529 
3,580 
54,644 
$95,978 

$62,761 
11,475 
21,742 
$95,978 

Other  Activities  mainly  reflect  lease  and  other  contract  termination  costs.  The  cumulative  charge  recorded  to-
date related to the Restructuring and Reinvestment Program of $96.0 million is expected to be fully recovered 
by April 30, 2016. 

Impairment Charges: 

In  fiscal  year  2014,  the  Company  terminated  a  multi-year  software  development  program  for  an  internal 
operations application due to a change in the Company’s longer-term enterprise systems plans. As a result, the 
Company recorded an asset impairment charge for previously capitalized software costs related to the program 
of $4.8 million ($0.06 per share). 

Amortization of Intangibles: 

Amortization of intangibles increased $6.5 million to $51.2 million in fiscal year 2015 and was mainly driven by 
Talent Solutions acquisitions in Professional Development. 

Interest Expense/Income, Foreign Exchange and Other: 

Interest expense for fiscal year 2015 increased $3.2 million to $17.1 million. The increase was driven by higher 
interest rates and higher average debt due to acquisition financing. The Company’s average cost of borrowing in 
fiscal  years  2015  and  2014  was  1.9%  and  1.8%,  respectively.  In  fiscal  year  2015,  the  Company  recognized 

- 39 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
foreign exchange transaction gains of $1.7 million mainly related to U.S. dollar intercompany receivables in the 
U.K. and Germany. 

Provision for Income Taxes: 

The effective tax rate for fiscal year 2015 was 21.6% compared to 17.9% in the prior year. In the fourth quarter 
of fiscal year 2015, the Company recognized a non-recurring tax benefit of $3.1 million related to tax deductions 
claimed on the write up of certain foreign tax assets to fair market value. During fiscal year 2014, the Company 
recorded non-cash deferred tax benefits of $10.6 million ($0.18 per share), principally associated with new tax 
legislation enacted in the United Kingdom (“U.K”) that reduced the U.K. statutory income tax rates by 3%. The 
benefits  reflect  the  measurement  of  all  applicable  U.K.  deferred  tax  balances  to  the  new  income  tax  rates  of 
21% effective April 1, 2014 and 20% effective April 1, 2015. Excluding the impact of the tax benefits described 
above, the Company’s effective tax rate decreased from 23.3% to 22.9% principally due to higher non-U.S. tax 
benefits and lower U.K. income tax rates, partially offset by lower net tax reserve releases of $2.0 million. 

Earnings Per Share: 

Earnings per diluted share for fiscal year 2015 increased 10% to $2.97 per share. Excluding the impact of the 
fiscal  year  2015  ($0.34  per  share)  and  the  fiscal  year  2014  ($0.48  per  share)  restructuring  charges,  the  prior 
year asset impairment charges ($0.06 per share), fiscal year 2015 ($0.05 per share) and fiscal year 2014 ($0.18 
per  share)  non-recurring  tax  benefits  and  the  unfavorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange  ($0.11  per  share), 
earnings  per  diluted  share  increased  7%.  The  growth  was  mainly  driven  by  company-wide  restructuring  and 
other cost savings, higher margin digital revenue and lower accrued incentive compensation, partially offset by 
the dilutive impacts of investments in CrossKnowledge and Education Services (Deltak) and costs incurred for 
the development of internal systems and digital platforms. 

FISCAL YEAR 2015 SEGMENT RESULTS: 

As  part  of  Wiley’s  Restructuring  and  Reinvestment  Program,  during  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2015,  the 
Company  consolidated  certain  decentralized  business  functions  (Content  Management,  Vendor  Procurement 
Services, Marketing Services, etc.) into Shared Service and Administrative functions. These newly centralized 
service  groups  are  part  of  the  Company’s  plan  to  reduce  costs  through  efficiencies  gained  from  standardized 
technology  and  centralized  management.  The  costs  of  these  functions  were  previously  reported  as  direct 
operating expenses in each business segment but are now reported within the shared service functions. Prior 
year  amounts  have  been  restated  to  reflect  the  same  reporting  methodology.  The  Company  uses  occupied 
square footage of space; number of employees; units shipped; specific identification/activity-based; gross profit; 
revenue and number of invoices to allocate shared service costs to each business segment. 

- 40 - 

 
 
RESEARCH: 

Revenue: 
Journal Revenue: 

2015 

2014 

% change 
% change  w/o FX (a) 

Journal Subscriptions 
Author-Funded Access 
Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other 
Total Journal Revenue 

 $672,218 
 22,388 
 188,326 
 882,932 

 $675,266  
 17,673  
 177,255  
 870,194  

Books and References: 

Print Books 
Digital Books 
Licensing and Other 
Total Books and References Revenue 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales 

Gross Profit 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 

Direct Contribution to Profit 
Direct Contribution Margin 

Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 
Distribution and Operation Services 
Technology and Content Management 
Occupancy and Other 

Contribution to Profit  
Contribution Margin 

0% 
27% 
6% 
1% 

-11% 
-7% 
-1% 
-9% 

0% 

-2% 

0% 

-1% 
0% 

 99,746 
 42,512 
 15,605 
 157,863 

 112,386  
 45,934  
 15,835  
 174,155  

 $1,040,795 

 $1,044,349  

 (275,487)

 (280,794)

 $765,308 
73.5%

 $763,555  

73.1%

 (248,404)
 (28,188)
 (7,774)

 (245,278)
 (28,190)
 (4,555)

 $487,285
46.8%

 $479,189  

2% 

45.9%

 (44,620)
 (96,486)
 (30,405)

 (45,773)
 (99,929)
 (28,491)

 $315,774 

 $304,996  

30.3%

29.2%

-3% 
-3% 
7% 

4% 

1% 
29% 
9% 
3% 

-10% 
-5% 
2% 
-7% 

2% 

-1% 

2% 

1% 
0% 

3% 

-1% 
-3% 
9% 

5% 

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2015 and 2014 Restructuring Charges  

Revenue: 

Research  revenue  for  fiscal  year  2015  of  $1,040.8  million  was  flat  with  the  prior  year,  but  increased  2% 
excluding  the  unfavorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange.  The  increase  was  driven  by  Journal  Subscriptions; 
Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles and Other Journal revenue; and Author-Funded Access, partially offset by declines 
in  Print  and  Digital  Books.  Journal  Subscription  revenue  growth  was  driven  by  new  subscriptions  ($4  million), 
new  titles  ($2  million)  and  publication  timing  ($1  million).  As  of  April  30,  2015,  calendar  year  2015  journal 
subscription  renewals  were  up  approximately  1%  over  calendar  year  2014  on  a  constant  currency  basis  with 
approximately 97% of targeted business closed. Growth in Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other was mainly 
driven  by  the  sale  of  an  individually  large  journal  backfile  license  ($10  million)  and  journal  content  rights  ($6 
million).  

Author-Funded Access revenue, which represents article publication fees that provide for free access to author 
articles, grew $4.7 million in fiscal year 2015 due to a higher volume of articles published by the Company. Print 

- 41 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Books declined 10% to $99.7 million and Digital Books declined 5% to $42.5 million excluding the unfavorable 
impact of foreign exchange.  

Revenue by Region is as follows: 

Revenue by Region: 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales: 

2015 

2014 

% of 
Revenue 

% change 
w/o FX 

$398,573 
585,693 
 56,529 
 $1,040,795 

 $408,001 
 578,099 
 58,249 
 $1,044,349 

38% 
56% 
6% 
100% 

-2% 
4% 
3% 
1% 

Cost  of  Sales  for  fiscal  year  2015  decreased  2%  to  $275.5  million,  or  1%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 
foreign  exchange.  The  decrease  reflects  cost  savings  from  outsourcing  and  procurement  initiatives  and  lower 
cost digital products ($10 million), partially offset by higher royalty rates on society owned journals ($5 million) 
and higher journal volume ($3 million). 

Gross Profit: 

Gross Profit Margin for fiscal year 2015 of 73.5% was 40 basis points higher than prior year mainly due to cost 
savings from outsourcing and procurement initiatives and growth in digital products (110 basis points), including 
the sale of an individually large digital journal backfile license, partially offset by higher royalty rates on society 
owned journals (70 basis points). 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct  Expenses  for  fiscal  year  2015  of  $245.3  million  decreased  1%  from  the  prior  year,  but  increased  1% 
excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange. The increase was mainly driven by higher editorial costs to 
support business growth ($3 million) and higher employment costs ($3 million), partially offset by lower accrued 
incentive compensation ($3 million). Amortization of Intangibles in fiscal year 2015 of $28.2 million was flat with 
the prior year. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution to Profit for fiscal year 2015 increased 4% to $315.8 million, or 5% excluding the current and prior 
year Restructuring Charges and the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange.  Revenue growth and cost savings 
from  outsourcing  and  procurement  initiatives  were  partially  offset  by  higher  royalty  rates  on  society  owned 
journals and higher employment costs.  Contribution Margin increased 110 basis points to 30.3% in fiscal year 
2015  mainly  due  to  cost  savings  from  outsourcing  and  procurement  initiatives  and  growth  in  digital  products, 
partially offset by higher royalty rates on society owned journals. 

Society Partnerships 

  9 new society journals were signed with combined annual revenue of approximately $5 million 
  45 renewals/extensions were signed with approximately $30 million in combined annual revenue 
  14 journals were not renewed with combined annual revenue of approximately $9 million 

- 42 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Journal Impact Index 

In  July  2014,  the  Company  announced  a  continued  increase  in  the  number  of  its  journal  titles  indexed  in  the 
Thomson  Reuters®  2013  Journal  Citation  Reports  (JCR).    A  total  of  1,202  Wiley  titles  were  indexed,  up  from 
1,193 in the previous year report.  27 Wiley journals achieved the top category rank, up from 25 in the previous 
year. The Thomson Reuters index is an important barometer of journal influence and impact. 

PROFFESIONAL DEVELOPMENT (PD): 

2015 

2014 

% change 

% change 
w/o FX (a) 

Revenue: 
Knowledge Services: 
Print Books 
Digital Books 
Online Test Preparation and Certification 
Other Knowledge Service Revenue 

Talent Solutions: 
Assessment 
Corporate Learning 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales 

Gross Profit 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses  
Amortization of Intangibles 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 

Direct Contribution to Profit 

Direct Contribution Margin 

Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 
Distribution and Operation Services 
Technology and Content Management 
Occupancy and Other 

Contribution to Profit 

Contribution Margin  

 $206,086
 49,672 
22,119 
 30,094
 307,971 

 $229,199  
 53,764  
 17,975  
 29,884  
 330,822  

 $57,035 
 42,017 
 99,052 

 $33,047  
 -  
 33,047  

 $407,023 

 $363,869  

 (114,014)

 (111,911) 

 $293,009 
72.0%

 $251,958  
69.2% 

 (131,969)
 (13,498)
 (4,385)

 (102,706) 
 (6,965) 
 (11,860) 

 $143,157 
35.2%

 $130,427  
35.8% 

 (30,838)
 (48,002)
 (26,180)

 $38,137 
9.4%

 (37,673) 
 (50,426) 
 (19,712) 

 $22,616  
6.2% 

-10%
-8%
23%
1%
-7%

73%
-
200%

12%

2%

16%

28%
94%

10%

-18%
-5%
33%

69%

-9%
-7%
23%
1%
-6%

73%

200%

13%

3%

17%

29%
94%

8%

-17%
-5%
33%

47%

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2015 and 2014 Restructuring Charges  

Revenue: 

PD revenue for fiscal year 2015 increased 12% to $407.0 million, or 13% excluding the unfavorable impact of 
foreign  exchange.  Revenue 
the  Talent  Solutions  acquisitions  of 
incremental  revenue  from 
CrossKnowledge  ($42  million)  and  Profiles  ($21  million).  Excluding  revenue  from  both  acquisitions,  revenue 
decreased  6%  on  a  currency  neutral  basis  as  declines  in  Book  sales,  exceeded  growth  in  Online  Test 
Preparation and Certification and other Assessment revenue. The decline in Book revenue was mainly driven by 
slow  demand  for  backlist  titles  through  retail  and  wholesale  accounts  and  strategically  planned  reductions  in 

includes 

- 43 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
front list titles. Growth in Online Test Preparation and Certification reflects the addition of new products, mainly 
test  preparation  for  the  CFA  and  CMA  exams,  to  the  ELS  Excel  platform.  Growth  in  Assessment  revenue 
excluding the acquisitions was approximately $3.0 million and driven by new Inscape assessment products and 
other growth in Workplace Learning Solutions products. Other Knowledge Services revenue, which includes the 
sale of licensing rights, subscription revenue and advertising and agency revenue, increased 1% to $30.1 million 
due to growth in licensing revenue. 

Revenue by Region is as follows: 

Revenue by Region: 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales: 

2015 

2014 

% of 
Revenue 

% change 
w/o FX 

 $288,882 
95,613 
22,528 
 $407,023 

 $285,376 
 54,240 
 24,253 
 $363,869 

71% 
23% 
6% 
100% 

2% 
78% 
-4% 
13% 

Cost of Sales for fiscal year 2015 increased 2% or 3% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange to 
$114.0  million.  The  increase  was  mainly  driven  by  costs  from  new  acquisitions  ($8  million),  partially  offset  by 
lower Print Book volume ($5 million). 

Gross Profit: 

Gross Profit Margin increased from 69.2% to 72.0% in fiscal year 2015.  The improvement was mainly driven by 
higher margin incremental revenue from the CrossKnowledge (150 basis points) and Profiles (140 basis points) 
acquisitions. 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct Expenses for fiscal year 2015 increased 28% to $132.0 million, or 29% excluding the favorable impact of 
foreign  exchange.  The  increase  was  driven  by  incremental  operating  expenses  from  Talent  Solutions 
acquisitions  ($40  million)  and  content  development  costs  for  new  assessment  products  ($1  million),  partially 
offset by restructuring and other cost savings ($12 million).  Amortization of Intangibles increased $6.5 million in 
fiscal year 2015 principally due to the Talent Solutions acquisitions of CrossKnowledge and Profiles. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution to Profit increased 69% to $38.1 million in fiscal year 2015, or 47% on a currency neutral basis and 
excluding  the  current  and  prior  year  Restructuring  Charges.  The  improvement  was  mainly  driven  by 
restructuring  and  other  cost  savings,  partially  offset  by  lower  Book  revenue  and  the  dilutive  impact  of  the 
CrossKnowledge acquisition.  Contribution Margin increased from 6.2% to 9.4% in fiscal year 2015, or 120 basis 
points on a currency neutral basis and excluding the Restructuring Charges. The increase was mainly driven by 
restructuring and other cost savings, partially offset by the dilutive impact of the CrossKnowledge acquisition. 

Acquisitions 

  On April 1, 2014, the Company acquired Profiles International (“Profiles”) for approximately $48 million 
in  cash,  net  of  cash  acquired.  Profiles  provides  pre-employment  assessment  and  selection  tools  that 
enable  employers  to  optimize  candidate  selections  and  develop  the  full  potential  of  their  employees. 
Solutions  include  pre-hire  assessments,  including  those  designed  to  measure  and  match  personality, 
knowledge, skills, managerial fit, loyalty, and values; and post-hire assessments, focused on measuring 
sales  and  managerial  effectiveness,  employee  performance  and  career  potential.  Profiles  serves 

- 44 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
approximately  4,000  corporate  clients  and  millions  of  end  users  in  over  120  countries,  with 
assessments available in 32 languages. Profiles revenue and operating income for fiscal year 2015 was 
$23.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively.  

  On  May  1,  2014,  the  Company  acquired  CrossKnowledge  Group  Limited  (“CrossKnowledge”)  for 
approximately  $166  million  in  cash,  net  of  cash  acquired.  CrossKnowledge  is  a  learning  solutions 
provider focused on leadership and managerial skills development that offers subscription-based, digital 
learning  solutions  for  global  corporations,  universities,  and  small  and  medium-sized  enterprises. 
CrossKnowledge’s  solutions  include  a  variety  of  managerial  and  leadership  skills  assessments, 
courses,  certifications,  content  and  executive  training  programs  that  are  delivered  on  a  cloud-based 
LMS platform with over 19,000 learning objects in 17 languages. CrossKnowledge serves over seven 
million end-users in 80 countries. For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2015, CrossKnowledge’s revenue 
and operating loss included in Wiley’s results was $42.0 million and $5.1 million, respectively, including 
$4.6 million of acquisition amortization.  

Collaborations and Alliances 

  CrossKnowledge  announced  an  agreement  with  Gavisus,  a  Scandinavian-based  digital  learning  and 
talent development company. CrossKnowledge will provide Gavisus with the technology to plan, design 
and deliver online leadership training to clients in Norway, Sweden and Denmark. 

  Wiley  announced  a  strategic  collaboration  with  SilverCloud  Health,  a  global  provider  of  online 
behavioral  and  wellness  solutions.  The  partnership,  which  will  provide  a  comprehensive  range  of 
therapeutic  programs  across  behavioral  health  and  long-term  chronic  disease  management,  brings 
together Wiley’s evidence-based psychological and wellness content and SilverCloud Health’s award-
winning  cloud-based  technology  platform.  The  first  set  of  programs,  released  in  2015,  will  address 
Generalized  Anxiety  Disorder  and  Diabetes,  conditions  that  affect  more  than  40  million  people  in  the 
United States on a daily basis alone. 

  Wiley  has  partnered  with  Chinese  Cultural  University  to  distribute  the  CPAexcel  test  preparation 

platform in China. 

  The  Institute  of  Management  Accountants  announced  a  partnership  agreement  in  India  with  Wiley  to 
offer Wiley’s Certified Management Accountant Exam (CMA) Learning System as part of a full offering 
that  includes  live  training  from  Miles  Professional  Education,  a  major  professional  certification  course 
provider in India.   

- 45 - 

 
 
EDUCATION: 

Revenue: 
Books: 

Print Textbooks 
Digital Books 

Custom Materials 

Course Workflow Solutions (WileyPLUS) 

Online Program Management (Deltak) 

Other Education Revenue 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales 

Gross Profit 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 

Direct Contribution to Profit 
Direct Contribution Margin 

Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 
Distribution and Operation Services 
Technology and Content Management 
Occupancy and Other 

Contribution to Profit  

Contribution Margin  

2015 

2014 

% change 
% change  w/o FX (a) 

$144,500
34,086
178,586

$163,152 
30,137 
193,289 

50,659

54,200

81,593

9,584

43,556 

49,459 

70,179 

10,494 

$374,622

$366,977 

(110,182)

(114,174) 

$264,440
70.6%

(125,613)
(9,527)
(1,571)

$127,729
34.1%

$252,803 
68.9% 

(118,240) 
(9,527) 
(891) 

$124,145 
33.8% 

(12,863)
(54,272)
(13,950)

(15,685) 
(48,097) 
(11,769) 

$46,644

$48,594 

12.5%

13.2% 

-11% 
13% 
-8% 

16% 

10% 

16% 

-9% 

2% 

-3% 

5% 

6% 
0% 

3% 

-18% 
13% 
19% 

-4% 

-9%
15%
-6%

16%

11%

16%

-9%

3%

-2%

6%

7%
0%

4%

-16%
13%
19%

0%

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2015 and 2014 Restructuring Charges 

Revenue: 

Education revenue for fiscal year 2015 increased 2% to $374.6 million, or 3% excluding the unfavorable impact 
of  foreign  exchange.  The  growth  was  mainly  driven  by  Online  Program  Management  (Deltak),  Custom 
Materials,  Course  Workflow  Solutions  (WileyPLUS)  and  Digital  Books,  partially  offset  by  a  decline  in  Print 
Textbooks.  WileyPLUS  revenue,  which  is  earned  ratably  over  the  school  semester,  grew  10%  in  fiscal  year 
2015.  Unearned  deferred  WileyPLUS  revenue  as  of  April  30,  2015  was  $3.8  million.  The  decline  in  Print 
Textbooks  reflects  student’s  preference  for  Digital  Books  and  Custom  Products,  a  decline  in  for-profit 
enrollments and impact from rental book programs.   

Online  Program  Management  (Deltak)  accounted  for  22%  of  total  Education  revenue  in  fiscal  year  2015 
compared  to  19%  in  the  prior  year.    During  the  fiscal  year,  Wiley  added  27  net  programs  and  signed  the 
University  of  Birmingham  (UK),  Manhattan  College  (US),  University  College  Cork  (Ireland),  University  of 
Delaware  (US),  and  the  largest  partnership  to-date,  a  university-wide  agreement  with  one  of  America’s  most 
prestigious institutions. As of April 30, 2015, Deltak had 38 partners and 200 degree programs under contract. 

- 46 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue by Region is as follows: 

Revenue by Region: 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales 

2015 

2014 

% of 
Revenue 

% change 
w/o FX 

 $300,174 
 19,265 
 55,183 
 $374,622 

 $288,329 
 19,334 
 59,314 
 $366,977 

80% 
5% 
15% 
100% 

5% 
0% 
-2% 
3% 

Cost  of  Sales  for  fiscal  year  2015  decreased  3%  to  $110.2  million,  or  2%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 
foreign exchange.  The decrease was mainly driven by lower composition costs from lower cost digital products 
($3 million), lower royalty costs due to product mix ($2 million) and lower inventory obsolescence provisions ($1 
million),  partially  offset  by  higher  student  recruitment  costs  in  Online  Program  Management  (Deltak)  due  to 
growth in new partners and programs ($3 million). 

Gross Profit: 

Gross Profit Margin for fiscal year 2015 improved 170 basis points to 70.6% principally due to lower composition 
costs from lower cost digital products (70 basis points), lower royalty costs due to product mix (60 basis points) 
and lower inventory obsolescence provisions (40 basis points). 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct  Expenses  increased  6%  to  $125.6  million,  or  7%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange.  
The  increase  was  mainly  driven  by  costs  associated  with  growth  in  Online  Program  Management  (Deltak) 
partner programs ($12 million), partially offset by restructuring and other cost savings ($2 million), lower accrued 
incentive  compensation  ($1  million)  and  lower  editorial  costs  due  to  a  reduced  title  count  ($1  million).  
Amortization of Intangibles was $9.5 million in fiscal years 2015 and 2014. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution to Profit for fiscal year 2015 decreased 4% to $46.6 million, but was flat on a currency neutral basis 
and  excluding  the  current  and  prior  year  Restructuring  Charges.  Digital  revenue  growth  and  cost  savings 
initiatives  were  partially  offset  by  continued  investment  in  Online  Program  Management  (Deltak)  programs.  
Contribution Margin decreased 70 basis points to 12.5% in fiscal year 2015, or 40 basis points on a currency 
neutral basis and excluding the Restructuring Charges. The decline was mainly driven by continued investment 
in  Online  Program  Management  (Deltak)  program  development,  partially  offset  by  higher  gross  profit  margins 
and restructuring and other cost savings.  

- 47 - 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHARED SERVICES AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS: 

The following table reflects total shared services and administrative costs by function, which are included in the 
Operating and Administrative Expenses line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  A portion of these 
costs are allocated to each segment above based on allocation methodologies described in Note 20.  

Dollars in thousands 

2015 

2014 

% Change 

Distribution and Operation Services 
Technology and Content Management  
Finance 
Other Administration 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 
Impairment Charges (see Note 7) 
Total 

$89,024  
244,850
52,796
115,469
18,293
-
$520,432 

$100,310  
240,797
54,191
104,807
22,197
4,786

$527,088  

-11% 
2% 
-3% 
10% 
-  
-  
-1% 

% Change 
w/o FX (a) 

-10%
2%
-1%
12%
- 
- 
1%

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2015 and 2014 Restructuring and fiscal year 2014 Impairment Charges 

Shared Services and Administrative Costs for fiscal year 2015 decreased 1% to $520.4 million, but increased 
1% on a currency neutral basis and excluding the current and prior year Restructuring Charges and prior year 
Asset Impairment Charges.  

Distribution and Operation Services costs decreased mainly due to the outsourcing of certain warehousing ($8 
million), lower print volume ($1 million) and lower accrued incentive compensation ($1 million). Technology and 
Content Management costs increased mainly due to investments in digital platforms and internal systems ($20 
million), including approximately $6 million for the continued investment in the Company’s Enterprise Resource 
Planning  System,  incremental  costs  from  Talent  Solutions  acquisitions  ($7  million)  and  investments  in  new 
Online  Program  Management  (Deltak)  partners  and  programs  ($2  million),  partially  offset  by  Content 
Management restructuring and other cost savings ($18 million) and lower accrued incentive compensation ($4 
million).  Finance  costs  decreased  mainly  due  to  lower  employment  costs  ($4  million),  partially  offset  by 
incremental costs from acquisitions ($3 million). Other Administration costs increased mainly due to incremental 
costs from the CrossKnowledge acquisition ($5 million) and the expiration of a real estate tax incentive related 
to the Company’s Hoboken headquarters ($3 million).  

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES:  

The  Company’s  Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents  balance  was  $457.4  million  at  the  end  of  fiscal  year  2015, 
compared with $486.4 million a year earlier.  Cash Provided by Operating Activities in fiscal year 2015 increased 
$6.9  million  to  $355.1  million  principally  due  to  lower  income  tax  payments  ($18  million),  lower  income  tax 
deposits paid  to  German  tax  authorities  ($7  million), lower  employee  retirement  plan  contributions ($6  million) 
and  lower  royalty  advance  payments  ($5  million),  partially  offset  by  higher  annual  incentive  compensation 
payments ($20 million), higher payments related to the Company’s restructuring programs ($4 million) and other 
working capital changes mainly due to timing.   

Cash Used for Investing Activities in fiscal year 2015 was $279.7 million compared to $149.3 million in the prior 
year. Fiscal year 2015 includes the acquisition of CrossKnowledge for approximately $166 million in cash, net of 
cash  acquired,  while  fiscal  year  2014  includes  the  acquisition  of  Profiles  for  approximately  $48  million,  net  of 
cash  acquired.  The  acquisitions  were  funded  through  the  use  of  the  existing  credit  facility  and  available  cash 
and  did  not  have  an  impact  on  the  Company’s  ability  to  meet  other  operating,  investing  and  financing  needs.  
During  fiscal  years  2015  and  2014,  the  Company  received  $1.1  million  and  $3.3  million  of  escrow  proceeds, 

- 48 - 

 
 
 
 
respectively, from the sale of certain consumer publishing assets in fiscal year 2013 which represented the final 
amounts due to the Company from the sale of those assets.   

Composition  spending  was  $39.4  million  in  fiscal  year  2015  compared  to  $40.6  million  in  the  prior  year.  The 
decrease  reflects  lower  spending  in  Education  and  Research  due  to  cost  reduction  efficiencies  and  lower 
planned title volume. Cash used for technology, property and equipment was $69.1 million in fiscal year 2015 
compared to $57.6 million in the prior year.  The increase mainly reflects Deltak curriculum development costs 
due to growth in new partners and programs ($5 million), incremental capital spending for CrossKnowledge ($4 
million), and capital spending on new leased facilities ($2 million).   

Cash Used for Financing Activities was $61.0 million in fiscal year 2015 as compared to $53.5 million in the prior 
year. The Company’s net debt (debt less cash and cash equivalents) increased $78.9 million from the prior year 
principally to fund the CrossKnowledge acquisition ($166 million). During fiscal year 2015, net debt borrowings 
were  $47.7  million  compared  to  $27.1  million  in  the  prior  year.    The  total  notional  amount  of  the  interest  rate 
swap agreements associated with the Company’s revolving credit facilities was $300 million as of April 30, 2015. 

To take advantage of more favorable interest rates available in the current market, on December 22, 2014, the 
Company  entered  into  a  $50  million  364-day  U.S.  dollar  revolving  credit  facility  reinstated  every  30  days  with 
Santander Bank, N.A. which is equally ranked with the Company’s existing agreement with Bank of America - 
Merrill Lynch and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, and TD Bank, N.A.. The facility was fully drawn as of April 30, 
2015. The borrowing rate is LIBOR plus a margin of 1.00%. The proceeds of the revolving credit facility were 
used  to  pay  a  portion  of  the  Company’s  existing  revolving  credit  facilities  and  meet  seasonal  operating  cash 
requirements. 

On October 31, 2014, the Company entered into a U.S. dollar facility with TD Bank, N.A. which is equally ranked 
with the Company’s existing agreement with Bank of America - Merrill Lynch and The Royal Bank of Scotland 
plc,  and  Santander  Bank.  The  new  agreement  consists  of  a  $50  million  364-day  revolving  credit  facility.  The 
facility was fully drawn as of April 30, 2015. The borrowing rate is LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 
0.80%  to  1.40%,  and  a  facility  fee  will  be  due  on  any  undrawn amounts  ranging  from 0.125%  to  0.30%,  both 
depending  on  the  Company  consolidated  leverage  ratio,  as  defined.  The  credit  agreement  contains  certain 
restrictive covenants related to the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio, which the 
Company  was  in  compliance  with  as  of  April  30,  2015.  The  proceeds  of  the  new  revolving credit  facility  were 
used  to  pay  a  portion  of  the  Company’s  existing  revolving  credit  facility  and  meet  seasonal  operating  cash 
requirements. 

During fiscal year 2015, the Company repurchased 1,082,502 shares of common stock at an average price of 
$57.26 compared to 1,248,030 shares at an average price of $50.79 in the prior year.  In fiscal year 2015, the 
Company increased its quarterly dividend to shareholders by 16% to $0.29 per share versus $0.25 per share in 
the  prior  year.  Lower  proceeds  from  the  exercise  of  stock  options  reflect  a  lower  volume  of  stock  option 
exercises in fiscal year 2015 compared to the prior year. 

The  Company’s  operating  cash  flow  is  affected  by  the  seasonality  and  timing  of  receipts  from  its  Research 
journal  subscriptions  and  its  Education  business.  Cash  receipts  for  calendar  year  Research  subscription 
journals occur primarily from December through April.  Reference is made to the Customer Credit Risk section, 
which  follows,  for  a  description  of  the  impact  on  the  Company  as  it  relates  to  independent  journal  agents’ 
financial  position  and  liquidity.  Sales  primarily  in  the  U.S.  higher  education  market  tend  to  be  concentrated  in 
June through August, and again in November through January. Due to this seasonality, the Company normally 
requires increased funds for working capital from May through October. 

- 49 - 

Cash and Cash Equivalents held outside the U.S. were approximately $411.6 million as of April 30, 2015. The 
balances in equivalent U.S. dollars were comprised primarily of pound sterling ($256 million), euros ($73 million), 
Australian dollars ($45 million), Singapore dollars ($34 million) and other ($4 million). Maintenance of these cash 
and  cash  equivalent  balances  outside  the  U.S.  does  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  liquidity  or  capital 
resources of the Company’s global, including U.S., operations. Cash and cash equivalent balances outside the 
U.S.  may  be  subject  to  U.S.  taxation,  if  repatriated.  The  Company  intends  to  reinvest  cash  outside  the  U.S. 
except in instances where repatriating such earnings would result in no additional income tax.  Accordingly, the 
Company  has  not  accrued  for  U.S.  income  tax  on  the  repatriation  of  non-U.S.  earnings.    It  is  not  practical  to 
determine  the  U.S.  income  tax  liability  that  would  be  payable  if  such  cash  and  cash  equivalents  were  not 
indefinitely reinvested. 

As  of  April  30,  2015,  the  Company  had  approximately  $750.1  million  of  debt  outstanding  and  approximately 
$302.9  million  of  unused  borrowing  capacity  under  its  Revolving  Credit  and  other  facilities.  The  Company 
believes that its operating cash flow, together with its revolving credit facilities and other available debt financing, 
will  be  adequate  to  meet  its  operating,  investing  and  financing  needs  in  the  foreseeable  future,  although  there 
can be no assurance that continued or increased volatility in the global capital and credit markets will not impair 
its  ability  to  access  these  markets  on  terms  commercially  acceptable.    The  Company  does  not  have  any  off-
balance-sheet debt. 

The Company’s working capital can be negative due to the seasonality of its businesses. The primary driver of 
the  negative  working  capital  is  unearned  deferred  revenue  related  to  subscriptions  for  which  cash  has  been 
collected  in  advance.  Cash  received  in  advance  for  subscriptions  is  used  by  the  Company  for  a  number  of 
purposes  including  acquisitions;  debt  repayments;  funding  operations;  dividend  payments;  and  purchasing 
treasury shares.  The deferred  revenue will  be recognized  as  income when  the  products  are  shipped  or made 
available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2015 include 
$372.1 million of such deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES: 

The  preparation  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount 
of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, 
and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Management continually evaluates 
the  basis  for  its  estimates.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates,  which  could  affect  the  reported 
results.  Note  2  of  the  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements”  includes  a  summary  of  the  significant 
accounting policies and methods used in preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. Set forth below 
is a discussion of the Company’s more critical accounting policies and methods. 

Revenue  Recognition:  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  the  following  criteria  are  met:  persuasive 
evidence  that  an  arrangement  exists;  delivery  has  occurred  or  services  have  been  rendered;  the  price  to  the 
customer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.  If all of the above criteria have been 
met, revenue is recognized upon shipment of products or when services have been rendered. Revenue related 
to  journal  subscriptions  and  other  products  and  services  that  are  generally  collected  in  advance  are  deferred 
and recognized as earned over the term of the subscription; when the related issue is shipped; made available 
online; or the service is rendered, in accordance with contractual terms. Collectability is evaluated based on the 
amount involved, the credit history of the customer, and the status of the customer’s account with the Company.   

- 50 - 

The Company transitioned from issue-based to time-based digital journal subscription agreements for calendar 
year 2016. Under this new contractual agreement, the Company provides access to all journal content published 
within  a  calendar  year  and  recognizes  revenue  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  calendar  year.  Under  the 
Company’s previous licensing model, a customer subscribed to a discrete number of online journal issues and 
revenue  was  recognized  as  each  issue  was  made  available  online.  The  Company  made  these  changes  to 
simplify the contracting and administration of digital journal subscriptions.  

When  a  product  is  sold  with  multiple  deliverables,  the  Company  accounts  for  each  deliverable  within  the 
arrangement as a separate unit of accounting due to the fact that each deliverable is also sold on a stand-alone 
basis. The total consideration of a multiple-element arrangement is allocated to each unit of accounting based 
on  the  price  charged  by  the  Company  when  it  is  sold  separately.  The  Company’s  multiple  deliverable 
arrangements principally include WileyPLUS, the online course management tool for the Company’s Education 
business which includes a complete print or digital textbook for the course; negotiated licenses for bundles of 
digital  content  available  on  Wiley  Online  Library,  the  online  publishing  platform  for  the  Company’s  Research 
business;  and  test  preparation,  assessment,  certification  and  training  services  sold  by  the  Professional 
Development business which can include bundles of print and digital content and online workflow solutions.   

The Company enters into contracts for the resale of its content through a third party where the Company is not 
the primary obligor of the arrangement because it is not responsible for fulfilling the customer’s order;  handling 
customer requests or claims and/or maintains credit risk. The Company recognizes revenue for the sale of its 
content,  net  of  any  commission  owed  to  the  third  party  seller  or  taxes  which  are  remitted  to  government 
authorities. 

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts:  The  estimated  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  based  on  a  review  of  the 
aging of the accounts receivable balances, historical write-off experience, credit evaluations of customers and 
current  market  conditions.  A  change  in  the  evaluation  of  a  customer’s  credit  could  affect  the  estimated 
allowance.  The  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  shown  as  a  reduction  of  Accounts  Receivable  in  the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  and  amounted  to  $7.3  million  and  $8.3  million  as  of  April  30, 
2016 and 2015, respectively.  

Sales Return Reserve:  The estimated allowance for sales returns is based on a review of the historical return 
patterns, as well as current market trends in the businesses in which we operate. Associated with the estimated 
sales return reserves, the Company also includes a related reduction in inventory and royalty costs as a result of 
the  expected  returns.  Net  print  book  sales  return  reserves  amounted  to  $19.9  million  and  $25.3  million  as  of 
April 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The reserves are reflected in the following accounts of the Consolidated 
Statements of Financial Position – increase (decrease):  

Accounts Receivable 
Inventories 
Accounts and Royalties Payable 
Decrease in Net Assets 

2016 
$(29,447)
4,924
(4,662)
$(19,861)

2015 
$(37,300) 
6,555 
(5,405) 
$(25,340) 

A one percent change in the estimated sales return rate could affect net income by approximately $2.0 million. A 
change in the pattern or trends in returns could affect the estimated allowance. 

Reserve  for  Inventory  Obsolescence:  Inventories  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market.  A  reserve  for 
inventory obsolescence is estimated based on a review of damaged, obsolete, or otherwise unsalable inventory. 
The review encompasses historical unit sales trends by  title; current market conditions, including estimates of 

- 51 - 

  
customer demand compared to the number of units currently on hand; and publication revision cycles. A change 
in  sales  trends  could  affect  the  estimated  reserve.  The  inventory  obsolescence  reserve  is  reported  as  a 
reduction  of  the  Inventories  balance  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  and  amounted  to 
$22.0 million and $21.9 million as of April 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

Allocation  of  Acquisition  Purchase  Price  to  Assets  Acquired  and  Liabilities  Assumed:  In  connection  with 
acquisitions, the Company allocates the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed 
based on the estimates of fair value for such items, including intangible assets and technology acquired. Such 
estimates  include  discounted  estimated  cash  flows  to  be  generated  by  those  assets  and  the  expected  useful 
lives based on historical experience, current market trends, and synergies to be achieved from the acquisition 
and expected tax basis of assets acquired. The Company may use a third party valuation consultant to assist in 
the determination of such estimates. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets: Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair 
value of the net assets of the business acquired.  Indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily consist of brands, 
trademarks, content and publishing rights and are typically characterized by intellectual property with a long and 
well-established  revenue  stream  resulting  from  strong  and  well-established  imprint/brand  recognition  in  the 
market.  Goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  are  not  amortized  but  are  reviewed  annually  for 
impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired. The 
Company  evaluates  the  recoverability  of  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  by  comparing  the  fair  value  of  the 
intangible asset to its carrying value.   

To evaluate the recoverability of goodwill, the Company primarily uses a two-step impairment test approach at 
the reporting unit level. In  the first step, the estimated  fair value of the entire reporting unit is compared to its 
carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, a second 
step is performed to determine the charge for goodwill impairment. In the second step, the Company determines 
an  implied  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit’s  goodwill  by  determining  the  fair  value  of  the  individual  assets  and 
liabilities (including any previously unrecognized intangible assets) of the reporting unit other than goodwill. The 
resulting  implied  fair  value  of  the  goodwill  is  compared  to  the  carrying  amount  and  an  impairment  charge  is 
recognized for the difference.  

In  certain  circumstances,  the  Company  uses  a  qualitative  assessment  as  an  alternative  to  the  two-step  test 
approach.  Under  this  approach  certain  market,  industry  and  financial  performance  factors  are  considered  to 
determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. 
If  that  is  the  case,  the  two-step  approach  described  above  is  then  performed  to  evaluate  the  recoverability  of 
goodwill.  

Intangible Assets with Finite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets: Finite-lived intangible assets principally consist 
of brands, trademarks, content and publication rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements and 
are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The most significant factors in determining the estimated life of 
these  intangibles  is  the  history  and  longevity  of  the  brands,  trademarks  and  content  and  publication  rights 
acquired,  combined  with  the  strength  of  cash  flows.  Content  and  publication  rights,  trademarks,  customer 
relationships and brands with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 5 to 40 
years.  Non-compete  agreements  are  amortized  over  the  terms  of  the  individual  agreement,  generally  up  to  5 
years.  

- 52 - 

Intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  are  amortized  on  a  straight  line  basis  over  the  following  weighted  average 
estimated useful lives: content and publishing rights – 31 years; customer relationships – 20 years; brands and 
trademarks – 13 years; non-compete agreements – 4 years.  

Assets  with  finite  lives  are  only  evaluated  for  impairment  upon  a  significant  change  in  the  operating  or 
macroeconomic environment.  In these circumstances, if an evaluation of the projected undiscounted cash flows 
indicates impairment, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value based on the discounted future cash 
flows. 

Share-Based Compensation: The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense based on the fair 
value of the share-based awards on the grant date, reduced by an estimate of future forfeited awards.  As such, 
share-based  compensation  expense  is  only  recognized  for  those  awards  that  are  expected  to  ultimately  vest. 
The  fair  value  of  share-based  awards  is  recognized  in  net  income  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite 
service  period.  The  grant  date  fair  value  for  stock  options  is  estimated  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing 
model. The determination of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model requires the Company to make 
significant judgments and estimates, which include the expected life of an option, the expected volatility of the 
Company’s  Common  Stock  over  the  estimated  life  of  the  option,  a  risk-free  interest  rate  and  the  expected 
dividend yield. Judgment is also required in estimating the amount of share-based awards that may be forfeited. 
Share-based  compensation  expense  associated  with  performance-based  stock  awards  is  based  on  actual 
financial  results  for  targets  established  three  years  in  advance.  The  cumulative  effect  on  current  and  prior 
periods  of  a  change  in  the  estimated  number  of  performance  share  awards,  or  estimated  forfeiture  rate,  is 
recognized  as  an  adjustment  to  earnings  in  the  period  of  the  revision.  If  actual  results  differ  significantly  from 
estimates, the Company’s share-based compensation expense and results of operations could be impacted. 

Retirement Plans: The Company provides defined benefit pension plans for certain employees worldwide. The 
Company’s Board of Directors approved amendments to the U.S., Canada and U.K. defined benefit plans that 
froze  the  future  accumulation  of  benefits  effective  June  30,  2013,  December  31,  2015  and  April  30,  2015, 
respectively. Under the amendments, no new employees will be permitted to enter these plans and no additional 
benefits for current participants for future services will be accrued after the effective dates of the amendments.  

The accounting for benefit plans is highly dependent on assumptions concerning the outcome of future events 
and  circumstances,  including  compensation  increases,  long-term  return  rates  on  pension  plan  assets, 
healthcare  cost  trends,  discount  rates  and  other  factors.  In  determining  such  assumptions,  the  Company 
consults  with  outside  actuaries  and  other  advisors.  The  discount  rates  for  the  U.S.,  United  Kingdom  and 
Canadian pension plans are based on the derivation of a single-equivalent discount rate using a standard spot 
rate curve and the timing of expected payments as of the balance sheet date. The spot rate curve is based upon 
a  portfolio  of Moody’s-rated  Aa3  (or  higher)  corporate  bonds.  The  discount rates  for other non-U.S.  plans  are 
based  on  similar  published  indices  with  durations  comparable  to  that  of  each  plan’s  liabilities.  The  expected 
long-term  rates  of  return  on  pension  plan  assets  are  estimated  using  market  benchmarks  for  equities,  real 
estate and bonds applied to each plan’s target asset allocation and are estimated by asset class including an 
anticipated  inflation  rate.  The  expected  long-term  rates  are  then  compared  to  the  historic  investment 
performance  of  the  plan  assets  as  well  as  future  expectations  and  estimated  through  consultation  with 
investment  advisors  and  actuaries.  Salary  growth  and  healthcare  cost  trend  assumptions  are  based  on  the 
Company’s historical experience and future outlook. While the Company believes that the assumptions used in 
these calculations are reasonable, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions could materially 
affect  the  expense  and  liabilities  related  to  the  defined  benefit  pension  plans  of  the  Company.  A  hypothetical 
one  percent  increase  in  the  discount  rate  would  impact  net  income  and  the  accrued  pension  liability  by 

- 53 - 

approximately $1.5 million and $143.3 million, respectively. A one percent decrease in the discount rate would 
impact  net  income  and  the  accrued  pension  liability  by  approximately  $1.2  million  and  $178.6  million, 
respectively.  A  one  percent  change  in  the  expected  long  term  rate  of  return  would  affect  net  income  by 
approximately $3.7 million.  

Recently Issued Accounting Standards:   

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09 “Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements 
to  Employee  Share-Based  Payment  Accounting”  which  simplifies  the  accounting  for  share-based  payment 
transactions, including income taxes, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on 
the statement of cash flows. The new guidance also allows an entity to make an accounting policy election to 
account  for  forfeitures when  they  occur  or  to  estimate  the  number  of  awards that  are  expected  to  vest with  a 
subsequent true up to actual forfeitures (current GAAP). The standard is effective for the company on May 1, 
2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact the new guidance will have 
on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-02  "Leases  (Topic  842)”.    ASU  2016-02  requires  lessees  to 
recognize  most  leases  on  the  balance  sheet  which  will  result  in  an  increase  in  reported  assets  and  liabilities. 
The  recognition  of  expenses  within  the  income  statement  is  consistent  with  the  existing  lease  accounting 
standards.  There  are  no  significant  changes  in  the  new  standard  for  lessors  under  operating  leases.  The 
standard  is  effective  for  the  Company  on  May  1,  2019  with  early  adoption  permitted.  Adoption  requires 
application of the new guidance for all periods presented.  The Company is currently assessing the impact the 
new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  November  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2015-17  “Income  Taxes-  Balance  Sheet  Classification  of  Deferred 
Taxes”.  To  simplify  the  presentation  of  deferred  income  taxes,  the  amendments  in  this update  require  that  all 
deferred tax liabilities and assets, including those previously classified as current, be classified as noncurrent in 
a  classified  statement  of  financial  position.  The  amendments  in  this  Update  will  align  the  presentation  of 
deferred income tax assets and liabilities with IFRS. The standard is effective for the company May 1, 2017 with 
early  adoption  permitted.  The  Company  is  currently  assessing  the  impact  the  new  guidance  will  have  on  its 
consolidated financial statements. 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-05 "Intangibles- Goodwill and Other- Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 
350-40):  Customer’s  Accounting  for  Fees  Paid  in  Cloud  Computing  Arrangements"  (“ASU  2015-05”).  Cloud 
computing  arrangements  represent  the  delivery  of  hosted  services  over  the  internet  which  includes  software, 
platforms,  infrastructure  and  other  hosting  arrangements.  The  ASU  provides  criteria  to  determine  whether  the 
cloud  computing  arrangement  includes  a  software  license.  A  software  license  can  include  customized 
development, maintenance, hosting and other related costs. If the criteria are met, the customer will capitalize 
the  fee  attributable  to  the  software  license  portion  of  the  arrangement  as  internal-use  software.  If  the 
arrangement  does  not  include  a  software  license,  it  should  be  treated  as  a  service  contract.  The  standard  is 
effective  for  the  Company  on  May  1,  2016  with  early  adoption  permitted.  An  entity  can  elect  to  adopt  either 
prospectively for all arrangements entered into or materially modified after the effective date or retrospectively. 
The Company intends to adopt the new guidance on a prospective basis as of May 1, 2016.  

In  May  2014,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  ASU  2014-09  "Revenue  from 
Contracts  with  Customers"  (Topic  606)  (“ASU  2014-09”),  and  the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board 
(“IASB”)  published  its  equivalent  standard,  International  Financial  Reporting  Standard  (“IFRS”)  15,  “Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers”. These joint comprehensive new revenue recognition standards will supersede 

- 54 - 

most existing revenue recognition guidance and are intended to improve and converge revenue recognition and 
related financial reporting requirements. The standard is effective for the Company on May 1, 2018 with early 
adoption  permitted  on  May  1,  2017.  The  standard  allows  for  either  “full  retrospective”  adoption,  meaning  the 
standard  is  applied  to  all  periods  presented,  or  “cumulative  effect”  adoption,  meaning  the  standard  is  applied 
only to the most current period presented in the financial statements. Subsequently, the FASB issued ASU No. 
2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) – Principal versus Agent Considerations (“ASU 
2016-08”),  ASU  No.  2016-10,  Revenue  from  Contracts with  Customers  (Topic  606) –  Identifying  Performance 
Obligations and Licensing (“ASU 2016-10”), and ASU 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 
606) – Narrow Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients (“ASU 2016-12”), which provide clarification and 
additional guidance related to ASU 2014-09. The Company must adopt ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, and ASU 
2016-12 with ASU 2014-09. The Company is currently assessing whether the adoption of the new guidance will 
have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments 

A summary of contractual obligations and commercial commitments, excluding unrecognized tax benefits further 
described in Note 12, as of April 30, 2016 is as follows (in thousands):  

Total Debt 
Interest on Debt1 
Non-Cancelable Leases 
Minimum Royalty Obligations 

Other Operating Commitments 

Payments Due by Period 

Total 

Within 

Year 1 

2-3 

4-5 

Years 

Years 

After 5 

Years 

$605.0 

$        - 

$        - 

$605.0 

$        - 

50.7 

328.2 

257.4 

71.7 

11.6 

35.2 

83.4 

30.5 

20.4 

47.3 

97.4 

30.0 

18.7 

46.4 

55.0 

11.2 

- 

199.3 

21.6 

- 

Total 

$1,313.0 

$160.7 

$195.1 

$736.3 

$220.9 

1  Interest  on  Debt  includes  the  effect  of  the  Company’s  interest  rate  swap  agreements  and  the  estimated  future  interest 
payments  on  the  Company’s  unhedged  variable  rate  debt,  assuming  that  the  interest  rates  as  of  April  30,  2016  remain 

constant until the maturity of the debt.   

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

The Company is exposed to market risk primarily related to interest rates, foreign exchange and credit risk. It is 
the Company’s policy to monitor these exposures and to use derivative financial investments and/or insurance 
contracts from time to time to reduce fluctuations in earnings and cash flows when it is deemed appropriate to 
do so. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. 

Interest Rates: 

The Company had $605.0 million of variable rate loans outstanding at April 30, 2016, which approximated fair 
value.  

On  April  4,  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  a  forward  starting  interest  rate  swap  agreement  which  fixed  a 
portion  of  the  variable  interest  due  on  a  variable  rate  debt  renewal  on  May  16,  2016.  Under  the  terms  of  the 
agreement, the Company will pay a fixed rate of 0.92% and receives a variable rate of interest based on one-
month LIBOR (as defined) from the counterparty which is reset every month for a three-year period starting May 

- 55 - 

 
  
 
 
16, 2016 ending May 15, 2019. As of April 30, 2016, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $350.0 
million.  

On  August  15,  2014,  the Company  entered  into  an  interest  rate swap  agreement  which  fixed  a  portion of  the 
variable  interest  due  on  its  variable  rate  loans  outstanding.  Under  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  the  Company 
pays a fixed rate of 0.65% and receives a variable rate of interest based on one-month LIBOR (as defined) from 
the counterparty which is reset every month for a two-year period ending August 15, 2016. As of April 30, 2016, 
the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $150.0 million. 

It is management’s intention that the notional amount of interest rate swaps be less than the variable rate loans 
outstanding  during  the  life  of  the  derivatives.  During  fiscal  year  2016,  the  Company  recognized  a  loss  on  its 
hedge  contracts  of  approximately  $0.9  million  which  is  reflected  in  Interest  Expense  in  the  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Income.  At  April  30,  2016,  the  fair  value  of  the  outstanding  interest  rate swaps  was a  deferred 
loss of $0.6 million. Based on the maturity dates of the contracts, approximately $0.1 million and $0.5 million of 
the deferred loss was recorded in Other Accrued Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities, respectively. On an 
annual basis, a hypothetical one percent change in interest rates for the $455 million of unhedged variable rate 
debt as of April 30, 2016 would affect net income and cash flow by approximately $0.7 million. 

Foreign Exchange Rates: 

Fluctuations in the currencies of countries where the Company operates outside the U.S. may have a significant 
impact  on  financial  results.  The  Company  is  primarily  exposed  to  movements  in  British  pound  sterling,  euros, 
Canadian and  Australian dollars,  and certain  currencies  in  Asia.  The  Statements  of  Financial  Position of  non-
U.S.  business  units  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  period-end  exchange  rates  for  assets  and  liabilities 
and  weighted-average  exchange  rates  for  revenues  and  expenses. The  percentage  of  Consolidated  Revenue 
for  fiscal  year  2016  recognized  in  the  following  currencies  (on  an  equivalent  U.S.  dollar  basis)  were: 
approximately 57% U.S dollar; 28% British pound sterling; 8% euro and 7% other currencies. 

The  Company’s  significant  investments  in  non-U.S.  businesses  are  exposed  to  foreign  currency  risk.  
Adjustments  resulting  from  translating  assets  and  liabilities  are  reported  as  a  separate  component  of 
Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Loss  within  Shareholders’  Equity  under  the  caption  Foreign  Currency 
Translation Adjustment.  During fiscal year 2016, the Company recorded foreign currency translation losses in 
other comprehensive income of approximately $21.1 million primarily as a result of the weakening of the U.S. 
dollar relative to the British pound sterling.  

Exchange rate gains or losses related to foreign currency transactions are recognized as transaction gains or 
losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred. Under certain circumstances, the Company may 
enter  into  derivative  financial  instruments  in  the  form  of  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  to  hedge  against 
specific  transactions,  including  intercompany  purchases  and  loans.  The  Company  does  not  use  derivative 
financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. 

The  Company  may  enter  into  forward  exchange  contracts  to  manage  the  Company’s  exposure  on  certain 
foreign  currency  denominated  assets  and  liabilities. The  forward  exchange  contracts  are  marked  to  market 
through  Foreign  Exchange  Transaction  Gains  and  Losses  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income,  and 
carried at their fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Foreign currency denominated 
assets  and  liabilities  are  remeasured  at  spot  rates  in  effect  on  the  balance  sheet  date,  with  the  effects  of 
changes in spot rates reported in Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains and Losses. As of April 30, 2016 and 
2015, the Company had two open forward contracts with notional amounts of 31 million Euros and 274 million 
Pound  Sterling  to  hedge  intercompany  loans.  As  of  April  30,  2015,  the  Company  did  not  maintain  any  open 

- 56 - 

forward contracts. During fiscal years 2014 through 2016, the Company did not designate any forward exchange 
contracts as hedges under current accounting standards as the benefits of doing so were not material due to the 
short-term  nature  of  the  contracts. The  fair  value  changes  in  the  forward  exchange  contracts  substantially 
mitigated the changes in the value of the applicable foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. As of 
April 30, 2016, the fair value of the open forward exchange contracts was a gain of approximately $1.3 million 
which was measured on a recurring basis using Level 2 inputs and recorded within the Prepaid and Other Line 
item  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position.  For  fiscal  years  2016,  2015  and  2014,  the  gains 
(losses) recognized on the forward contracts were $1.3 million, $(11.2) million, and $(0.4) million, respectively.  

Customer Credit Risk: 

In the journal publishing business, subscriptions are primarily sourced through journal subscription agents who, 
acting as agents for library customers, facilitate ordering by consolidating the subscription orders/billings of each 
subscriber with various publishers. Cash is generally collected in advance from subscribers by the subscription 
agents and is principally remitted to the Company between the months of December and April. Although at fiscal 
year-end  the  Company  had  minimal  credit  risk  exposure  to  these  agents,  future  calendar-year  subscription 
receipts  from  these  agents  are  highly  dependent  on  their  financial  condition  and  liquidity.  Subscription  agents 
account for approximately 22% of total annual consolidated revenue and no one agent accounts for more than 
11% of total annual consolidated revenue. 

The Company’s non-journal subscription business is not dependent upon a single customer. Although no one 
non-journal customer accounts for more than 9% of total consolidated revenue and 12% of accounts receivable 
at April 30, 2016, the top 10 non-journal customers account for approximately 16% of total consolidated revenue 
and  approximately  26%  of  accounts  receivable  at  April  30,  2016.  The  Company  maintains  approximately  $25 
million  of  trade  credit  insurance,  subject  to  certain  limitations,  covering  balances  due  from  certain  named 
customers which expires in May, 2017.  

Disclosure of Certain Activities Relating to Iran: 

The European Union, Canada and United States have imposed sanctions on business relationships with Iran, 
including  restrictions  on  financial  transactions  and  prohibitions  on  direct  and  indirect  trading  with  listed 
“designated persons.”  In fiscal year 2016, the Company recorded revenue and net profits of approximately $2.8 
million  and  $0.7  million,  respectively,  related  to  the  sale  of  scientific  and  medical  content  to  certain  publicly 
funded  universities,  hospitals  and  institutions  that  meet  the  definition  of  the  “Government  of  Iran”  as  defined 
under  section  560.304  of  title  31,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations. The  Company  has  assessed  its  business 
relationship  and  transactions  with  Iran  and  believes  it  is  in  compliance  with  the  regulations  governing  the 
sanctions.  The Company intends to continue in these or similar sales as long as they continue to be consistent 
with all applicable sanctions-related regulations. 

- 57 - 

 
 
 
“Safe Harbor” Statement Under the 
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 

This  report  contains  certain  forward-looking  statements  concerning  the  Company’s  operations,  performance, 
and  financial  condition.  Reliance  should  not  be  placed  on  forward-looking  statements,  as  actual  results  may 
differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements.  Any such forward-looking statements are based 
upon  a  number  of  assumptions  and  estimates  that  are  inherently  subject  to  uncertainties  and  contingencies, 
many  of  which  are  beyond  the  control  of  the  Company,  and  are  subject  to  change  based  on  many  important 
factors. Such factors include, but are not limited to (i) the level of investment in new technologies and products; 
(ii)  subscriber  renewal  rates  for  the  Company’s  journals;  (iii)  the  financial  stability  and  liquidity  of  journal 
subscription agents; (iv) the consolidation of book wholesalers and retail accounts; (v) the market position and 
financial stability of key retailers; (vi) the seasonal nature of the Company’s education business and the impact 
of the used-book market; (vii) worldwide economic and political conditions; (viii) the Company’s ability to protect 
its copyrights and other intellectual property worldwide; (ix) the ability of the Company to successfully integrate 
acquired  operations  and  realize  expected  opportunities  and  (x)  other  factors  detailed  from  time  to  time  in  the 
Company’s  filings  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  The  Company  undertakes  no  obligation  to 
update or revise any such forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances. 

- 58 - 

 
 
 
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

To our Shareholders 
John Wiley and Sons, Inc.: 

The management of John Wiley and Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries is responsible for establishing and maintaining 
adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 
15d-15(f). 

Under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management,  we  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the 
effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control  – 
Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission (COSO). Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework 
issued by COSO, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as 
of April 30, 2016. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting: 

We  are  in  the  process  of  implementing  a  new  global  enterprise  resource  planning  system  (“ERP”)  that  will 
enhance  our  business  and  financial  processes  and  standardize  our  information  systems.  We  have  completed 
the implementation with respect to certain subsidiaries/locations and will continue to roll out the ERP in phases 
over the next three years. 

As  with  any  new  information  system  we  implement,  this  application,  along  with  the  internal  controls  over 
financial  reporting  included  in  this  process,  will  require  testing  for  effectiveness.  In  connection  with  this  ERP 
implementation,  we are  updating our  internal controls  over  financial reporting,  as  necessary,  to  accommodate 
modifications  to  our  business  processes  and  accounting  procedures.  We  do  not  believe  that  the  ERP 
implementation will have an adverse effect on our internal control over financial reporting. 

Except  as  described  above,  there  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  have 
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting during 
fiscal year 2016. 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2016 has been audited by KPMG 
LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein. 

The  Company’s  Corporate  Governance  Principles,  Committee  Charters,  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  Policy 
and the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers are published on our web site at www.wiley.com under the 
“About Wiley—Investor Relations—Corporate Governance” captions.  Copies are also available free of charge 
to shareholders on request to the Corporate Secretary, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 
07030-5774. 

/s/ Mark Allin 

Mark Allin 

President and 

Chief Executive Officer 

- 59 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 

John A. Kritzmacher 

Chief Financial Officer and  

Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations 

/s/ Edward J. Melando 

Edward J. Melando 

Senior Vice President, Controller and  

Chief Accounting Officer 

June 29, 2016 

- 60 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc. 
(the  “Company”)  and  subsidiaries  as  of  April  30,  2016  and  2015,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of 
income,  comprehensive  income  (loss),  cash  flows  and  shareholders’  equity  for  each  of  the  years  in  the 
three-year period ended April 30, 2016. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, 
we  also  have  audited  Schedule  II  of  this  Form  10-K.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  and  financial 
statement  schedule  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an 
opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance 
about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test 
basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  An  audit  also  includes 
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating 
the  overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a  reasonable  basis  for  our 
opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the 
financial position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries as of April 30, 2016 and 2015, and the results of 
their  operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  April  30,  2016,  in 
conformity  with  U.S. generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Also  in  our  opinion,  the  related  financial 
statement  schedule,  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic  consolidated  financial  statements  taken  as  a 
whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States), John Wiley & Sons, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2016, based on 
criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO)”),  and  our  report  dated  June  29,  2016  expressed  an 
unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.   

(signed) KPMG LLP 

Short Hills, New Jersey 
June 29, 2016 

- 61 - 

 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

We have audited John Wiley & Sons, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2016, based 
on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.’s  management  is 
responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on 
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting based on our audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance 
about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our 
audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a 
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control 
based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered 
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, 
accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements 
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company 
are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and 
(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In  our  opinion,  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over 
financial reporting as of April 30, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework 
(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States), the consolidated statements of financial position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries as 
of April 30, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), 
cash flows and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 30, 2016, and our 
report dated June 29, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. 

(signed) KPMG LLP 

Short Hills, New Jersey 
June 29, 2016 

- 62 - 

 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands 

Assets: 
Current Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Prepaid and other 
Total Current Assets 

Product Development Assets 
Technology, Property & Equipment 
Intangible Assets 
Goodwill 
Income Tax Deposits 
Other Assets 
Total Assets 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity: 
Current Liabilities 

Short-term debt 
Accounts and royalties payable 
Deferred revenue 
Accrued employment costs 
Accrued income taxes 
Accrued pension liability 
Other accrued liabilities 
Total Current Liabilities 

Long-Term Debt 
Accrued Pension Liability 
Deferred Income Tax Liabilities 
Other Long-Term Liabilities 
Shareholders’ Equity 

$

$

$

April 30, 

2016 

2015 

 363,806   $
 167,638  
 57,779  
 81,456  
 670,679  

 72,126  
 214,770  
 877,007  
 951,663  
 62,912  
 71,939  
 2,921,096   $

 -   $

 166,222  
 426,489  
 97,902  
 9,450  
 5,492  
 76,252  
 781,807 

 605,007  
 224,170  
 189,868  
 83,138  

457,441
147,183
63,779
72,516
740,919

69,589
193,010
917,621
962,367
57,098
63,639
3,004,243

100,000
161,465
372,051
93,922
9,484
4,594
62,167
803,683

650,090
209,727
198,947
86,756

Preferred Stock, $1 par value: Authorized - 2 million, Issued - zero  
Class A Common Stock, $1 par value: Authorized - 180 million,  

Issued – 69,797,994  

Class B Common Stock, $1 par value:  Authorized - 72 million, 

- 

-

69,798 

69,798

Issued – 13,392,268  

Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss): 

Foreign currency translation adjustment 
Unamortized retirement costs, net of tax 
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap, net of tax 

Less Treasury Shares At Cost (Class A – 21,708,905 and 20,441,767; 
Class B – 3,917,128 and 3,910,264) 

Total Shareholders’ Equity 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 

13,392 
368,698 
1,673,325 

 (267,920) 
 (179,405) 
 (361) 
(447,686) 

(640,421) 
 1,037,106  
 2,921,096   $

$

13,392
353,018
1,597,439

(246,854)
(159,434)
(345)
(406,633)

(571,974)
1,055,040
3,004,243

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

- 63 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands, except per share data 

For the years ended April 30, 
2015 

2016 

2014 

Revenue 

$

1,727,037 $

1,822,440  $

1,775,195

Costs and Expenses 
Cost of sales 
Operating and administrative expenses 
Restructuring charges 
Impairment charges 
Amortization of intangibles 
Total Costs and Expenses 

465,917
994,632
28,611
-
49,764
1,538,924

499,683 
1,005,000 
28,804 
- 
51,214 
1,584,701 

506,879
969,456
42,722
4,786
44,679
1,568,522

Operating Income 

188,113

237,739 

206,673

Interest expense 
Foreign exchange transaction gains (losses) 
Interest income and other 

Income Before Taxes 
Provision for Income Taxes 

Net Income 

Earnings Per Share 

Diluted 
Basic 

Cash Dividends Per Share 
Class A Common 
Class B Common 

Average Shares 
Diluted  
Basic 

(16,707)
473
2,914

174,793
29,011

(17,077) 
1,742 
3,057 

225,461 
48,593 

(13,916)
(8)
2,785

195,534
35,024

145,782 $

176,868  $

160,510

2.48 $
2.51

1.20 $
1.20

2.97  $
3.01 

1.16  $
1.16 

2.70
2.73

1.00
1.00

58,734
57,998

59,594 
58,733 

59,514
58,635

$

$

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

- 64 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands 

For the years ended April 30, 
2015 

2016 

2014 

Net Income 

$

145,782 $

176,868  $ 

160,510

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss): 

Foreign currency translation adjustment 
Unrealized retirement costs net of tax benefit 

(provision) of $8,807; $15,779 and 
$(12,946), respectively 

Unrealized (loss) gain on interest rate swaps net 
of tax benefit (provision) of $10; $(157) and 
$(225), respectively 

Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

(21,066)

(180,190) 

67,875

(19,971)

(36,409) 

20,099

(16)
(41,053)

257 
(216,342) 

367
88,341

Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

$

104,729 $

(39,474)  $ 

248,851

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

- 65 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands  

Operating Activities 
Net Income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 
activities 

Amortization of intangibles 
Amortization of composition costs 
Depreciation of technology, property and equipment 
Restructuring  and impairment charges 
Deferred tax benefits on U.K. rate changes 
Share-based compensation  
(Excess) shortfalls in tax benefits from share-based compensation 
Employee retirement plan expense 
Royalty advances  
Earned royalty advances 
Other non-cash credits, net 
Income tax deposits 

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities 
Source (Use), excluding acquisitions 

Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Accounts and royalties payable 
Deferred revenue 
Income taxes payable 
Restructuring payments 
Other accrued liabilities 
Employee retirement plan contributions 
Other  

Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

Investing Activities 

Composition spending 
Additions to technology, property and equipment 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired 
Proceeds from sale of consumer publishing programs 

Cash Used for Investing Activities 

Financing Activities 

Repayment of long-term debt 
Repayment of short-term debt 
Borrowings of long-term debt 
Borrowing of short-term debt 
Purchase of treasury stock 
Change in book overdrafts 
Cash dividends 
Debt financing costs 
Net (payments)/proceeds from exercise of stock options and other 
Excess (shortfalls ) in tax benefits from share-based compensation 

Cash Used for Financing Activities 
Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash 
Cash and Cash Equivalents 

(Decrease) Increase for year 
Balance at beginning of year 
Balance at end of year 
Cash Paid During the Year for  

Interest 
Income taxes, net 

For the years ended April 30, 
2015 

2016 

2014 

$

145,782 $

176,868  $

160,510

    49,764 
    39,658 
    66,427 
    28,611 
    (5,859)
16,105
     (1,027)
    14,323 
 (110,135)
  109,102 
        1,463
     (1,151)

 (14,456)
 3,571 
 3,997 
 66,983 
 (7,091)
 (29,864)
 14,968 
 (34,214)
 (7,000)
 349,957  

 (37,272)
 (93,705)
 (20,418)
 - 
 (151,395)

 (460,085)
 (150,000)
  415,000 
    50,000 
   (69,977)
      1,725 
   (69,896)
     (3,362)
         (95)
      1,027   
 (285,663)
     (6,534)

   (93,635)
  457,441 
  363,806 

51,214 
40,639 
62,072 
28,804 
- 
13,617 
(3,191) 
22,599 
(104,876) 
110,054 
(8,046) 
(5,280) 

4,488 
9,696 
31,305 
3,913 
8,330 
(32,341) 
(10,901) 
(28,503) 
(15,339) 
355,122   

(39,421) 
(69,121) 
(172,229) 
1,100 
(279,671)   

(711,654) 
- 
659,369 
100,000 
(61,981) 
(6,711) 
(68,498) 
- 
25,326 

3,191   

(60,958) 
(43,429)   

(28,936) 
486,377 
457,441 

$
$

    15,050  $
    38,579  $

14,875  $
45,646  $

44,679
45,097
58,321
47,508
(10,634)
12,851
1,466
30,454
(107,639)
107,529
(3,626)
(11,968)

18,558
11,146
7,297
(750)
(14,131)
(28,276)
30,581
(33,889)
(16,860)
348,224

(40,568)
(57,564)
(54,515)
3,300
(149,347)

(658,224)
-
685,324
-
(63,393)
(12,354)
(58,953)
-
55,532
(1,466)
(53,534)
6,894

152,237
334,140
486,377

12,511
63,815

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements 

- 66 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 

Dollars in thousands 

Common 
Stock 
Class A 

Common 
Stock 
Class B 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 

Treasury 
Stock 

Accumulated 
Other Comp- 
rehensive 
Income 
(Loss) 

Total 
Share- 
holder’s 
Equity 

Balance at April 30, 2013 

$69,793 

$13,397  

$290,762 

$1,387,512 

$(494,476) 

$(278,632)  

$988,356 

Restricted Shares Issued under Share-based 

Compensation  Plans 

Proceeds from Exercise of Stock Options and 
other 
Shortfall in Tax Benefits from Share-based 
Compensation 

Share-based compensation expense 

Purchase of Treasury Shares 

Class A Common Stock Dividends  

Class B Common Stock Dividends  

Common Stock Class Conversions 

5 

(5) 

(5,962)  

31,403 

(1,466)  

12,851  

6,144  

24,417  

(63,393) 

(51,842)  

(7,111)  

182  

55,820  

(1,466)  

12,851  

(63,393) 

(51,842)  

(7,111)  

- 

Comprehensive Income  

160,510  

88,341  

248,851  

Balance at April 30, 2014 

$69,798 

$13,392  

$327,588 

$1,489,069 

$(527,308) 

$(190,291) 

$1,182,248 

Restricted Shares Issued under Share-based 

Compensation  Plans 

Proceeds from Exercise of Stock Options and 
other 
Excess Tax Benefits from Share-based 
Compensation 

Share-based compensation expense 

Purchase of Treasury Shares 

Class A Common Stock Dividends  

Class B Common Stock Dividends  

Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

(3,471)  

12,093 

3,191  

13,617 

4,085 

13,230 

(61,981) 

(57,541) 

(10,957)  

176,868  

614  

25,323  

3,191  

13,617  

(61,981) 

(57,541)  

(10,957)  

(216,342)  

(39,474)  

Balance at April 30, 2015 

$69,798 

$13,392 

$353,018 

$1,597,439 

$(571,974) 

$(406,633) 

$1,055,040 

Restricted Shares Issued under Share-based 

Compensation  Plans 

Net (Payments)/Proceeds from Exercise of 
Stock Options and other 
Excess Tax Benefits from Share-based 
Compensation 

Share-based compensation expense 

Purchase of Treasury Shares 

Class A Common Stock Dividends  

Class B Common Stock Dividends  

Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

(3,152)  

1,700  

1,027  

16,105  

3,325  

(1,795)  

(69,977)  

(58,658) 

(11,238)  

145,782  

173  

(95)  

1,027   

16,105  

(69,977)  

(58,658)   

11,238   

(41,053)  

104,729  

Balance at April 30, 2016 

$69,798 

$13,392 

$368,698 

$1,673,325 

$(640,421) 

$(447,686) 

$1,037,106 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

- 67 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 1 – Description of Business 

The  Company,  founded  in  1807,  was  incorporated  in  the  state  of  New  York  on  January  15,  1904.  As  used 
herein the term “Company” means John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and its subsidiaries and affiliated companies, unless 
the context indicates otherwise. 

The  Company  is  a  global  provider  of  knowledge  and  knowledge-enabled  services  that  improve  outcomes  in 
areas of research, professional practice and education. Through the Research segment, the Company provides 
digital and print scientific, technical, medical and scholarly journals, reference works, books, database services 
and  advertising.  The  Professional  Development  segment  provides  digital  and  print  books,  corporate  learning 
solutions,  employment  assessment  and  training  services,  and  test  prep  and  certification.  In  Education,  the 
Company  provides  print  and  digital  content,  and  education  solutions  including  online  program  management 
services  for  higher  education  institutions  and  course  management  tools  for  instructors  and  students.  The 
Company  takes  full  advantage  of  its  content  from  all  three  businesses  in  developing  and  cross-marketing 
products  to  its  diverse  customer  base  of  researchers,  professionals,  students,  and  educators.  The  use  of 
technology  enables  the  Company  to  make  its  content  efficiently  more  accessible  to  its  customers  around  the 
world.  The  Company’s  operations  are  primarily  located  in  the  United  States,  Canada,  Europe,  Asia,  and 
Australia. 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles  of  Consolidation:  The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company. 
Investments  in  entities  in  which  the  Company  has  at  least  a  20%,  but  less  than  a  majority  interest,  are 
accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  of  accounting.  Investments  in  entities  in  which  the  Company  has  less 
than a 20% ownership and in which it does not exercise significant influence are accounted for using the cost 
method of accounting. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  

Use  of  Estimates:  The  preparation  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting 
principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of 
the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  
Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Reclassifications:  Certain  prior  year  amounts  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  the  current  year’s 
presentation.  

Book  Overdrafts:  Under  the  Company’s  cash  management  system,  a  book  overdraft  balance  exists  for  the 
Company’s  primary  disbursement  accounts.  This  overdraft  represents  uncleared  checks  in  excess  of  cash 
balances  in  individual  bank  accounts.  The  Company’s  funds  are  transferred  from  other  existing  bank  account 
balances  or  from  lines  of  credit  as  needed  to  fund  checks  presented  for  payment.    As  of  April  30,  2016  and 
2015, book overdrafts of $17.8 million and $16.1 million, respectively, were included in Accounts and Royalties 
Payable in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.   

Revenue  Recognition:  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  the  following  criteria  are  met:  persuasive 
evidence  that  an  arrangement  exists;  delivery  has  occurred  or  services  have  been  rendered;  the  price  to  the 
customer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.  If all of the above criteria have been 
met, revenue is recognized upon shipment of products or when services have been rendered. Revenue related 
to  journal  subscriptions  and  other  products  and  services  that  are  generally  collected  in  advance  are  deferred 

- 68 - 

and recognized as earned over the term of the subscription; when the related issue is shipped; made available 
online; or the service is rendered, in accordance with contractual terms. Collectability is evaluated based on the 
amount involved, the credit history of the customer, and the status of the customer’s account with the Company.   

The Company transitioned from issue-based to time-based digital journal subscription agreements for calendar 
year 2016. Under this new contractual agreement, the Company provides access to all journal content published 
within  a  calendar  year  and  recognizes  revenue  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  calendar  year.  Under  the 
Company’s previous licensing model, a customer subscribed to a discrete number of online journal issues and 
revenue  was  recognized  as  each  issue  was  made  available  online.  The  Company  made  these  changes  to 
simplify the contracting and administration of digital journal subscriptions.  

When  a  product  is  sold  with  multiple  deliverables,  the  Company  accounts  for  each  deliverable  within  the 
arrangement as a separate unit of accounting due to the fact that each deliverable is also sold on a stand-alone 
basis. The total consideration of a multiple-element arrangement is allocated to each unit of accounting based 
on  the  price  charged  by  the  Company  when  it  is  sold  separately.  The  Company’s  multiple  deliverable 
arrangements principally include WileyPLUS, the online course management tool for the Company’s Education 
business which includes a complete print or digital textbook for the course; negotiated licenses for bundles of 
digital  content  available  on  Wiley  Online  Library,  the  online  publishing  platform  for  the  Company’s  Research 
business;  and  test  preparation,  assessment,  certification  and  training  services  sold  by  the  Professional 
Development business which can include bundles of print and digital content and online workflow solutions.   

The Company enters into contracts for the resale of its content through a third party where the Company is not 
the primary obligor of the arrangement because it is not responsible for fulfilling the customer’s order;  handling 
customer requests or claims and/or maintains credit risk. The Company recognizes revenue for the sale of its 
content,  net  of  any  commission  owed  to  the  third  party  seller  or  taxes  which  are  remitted  to  government 
authorities. 

Cash Equivalents: Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months 
or less and are stated at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates market value. 

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts:  The  estimated  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  based  on  a  review  of  the 
aging of the accounts receivable balances, historical write-off experience, credit evaluations of customers and 
current  market  conditions.  A  change  in  the  evaluation  of  a  customer’s  credit  could  affect  the  estimated 
allowance.  The  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  shown  as  a  reduction  of  Accounts  Receivable  in  the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  and  amounted  to  $7.3  million  and  $8.3  million  as  of  April  30, 
2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Sales  Return  Reserves:  The  process  which  the  Company  uses  to  determine  its  sales  returns  and  the  related 
reserve  provision  charged  against  revenue  is  based  on  applying  an  estimated  return  rate  to  current  year 
returnable  print  book  sales.  This  rate  is  based  upon  an  analysis  of  actual  historical  return  experience  in  the 
various  markets  and  geographic  regions  in  which  the  Company  does  business.  The  Company  collects, 
maintains  and  analyzes  significant  amounts  of  sales  returns  data  for  large  volumes  of  homogeneous 
transactions.  This  allows  the  Company  to  make  reasonable  estimates  of  the  amount  of  future  returns.  All 
available data is utilized to identify the returns by market and as to which fiscal year the sales returns apply. This 
enables management to track the returns in detail and identify and react to trends occurring in the marketplace, 
with  the  objective  of  being  able  to  make  the  most  informed  judgments  possible  in  setting  reserve  rates. 
Associated with the estimated sales return reserves, the Company also includes a related reduction in inventory 

- 69 - 

and royalty costs as a result of the expected returns. Net print book sales return reserves amounted to $19.9 
million and $25.3 million as of April 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

The  reserves  are  reflected  in  the  following  accounts  of  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  – 
increase (decrease) as of April 30: 

Accounts Receivable 
Inventories 
Accounts and Royalties Payable 
Decrease in Net Assets 

2016 
$(29,447)
4,924
(4,662)
$(19,861)

2015 

$(37,300)
6,555
(5,405)
$(25,340)

Inventories:  Inventories  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market.  U.S.  book  inventories  aggregating  $31.0 
million and $35.7 million at April 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, are valued using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) 
method.  All other inventories are valued using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.  

Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence: A reserve for inventory obsolescence is estimated based on a review of 
damaged, obsolete, or otherwise unsalable inventory. The review encompasses historical unit sales trends by 
title;  current  market  conditions,  including  estimates  of  customer  demand  compared  to  the  number  of  units 
currently  on  hand;  and  publication  revision  cycles.  The  inventory  obsolescence  reserve  is  reported  as  a 
reduction  of  the  Inventories  balance  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  and  amounted  to 
$22.0 million and $21.9 million as of April 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

Product Development Assets:  Product development assets consist of composition costs and royalty advances. 
Costs associated with developing a publication are expensed until the product is determined to be commercially 
viable. Composition costs represent the costs incurred to bring an edited commercial manuscript to publication, 
which include typesetting, proofreading, design, illustration costs, and digital formatting. Composition costs are 
capitalized  and  are  generally  amortized  on  a  double-declining  basis  over  their  estimated  useful  lives,  ranging 
from  1  to  3  years.  Royalty  advances  are  capitalized  and,  upon  publication,  are  expensed  as  royalties  earned 
based on sales of the published works.  Royalty advances are reviewed for recoverability and a reserve for loss 
is maintained, if appropriate. 

Shipping and Handling Costs: Costs incurred for third party shipping and handling are reflected in the Operating 
and Administrative Expenses line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company incurred $40.5 
million,  $42.5  million  and  $42.2  million  in  shipping  and  handling  costs  in  fiscal  years  2016,  2015  and  2014, 
respectively. 

Advertising Expense: Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company incurred $54.1 million, $40.8 
million and $35.2 million in advertising costs in fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Technology, Property and Equipment: Technology, property and equipment is recorded at cost. Major renewals 
and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.  

Technology,  property  and  equipment  is  depreciated  using  the  straight-line  method  based  upon  the  following 
estimated  useful  lives:  Buildings  and  Leasehold  Improvements  –  the  lesser  of  the  estimated  useful  life  of  the 
asset up to 40 years or the duration of the lease; Furniture and Fixtures - 3 to 10 years; Computer Hardware 
and Software - 3 to 10 years.  

Costs  incurred  for  computer  software  developed  or  obtained  for  internal  use  are  capitalized  during  the 
the  preliminary  project  and  post-
application  development  stage  and  expensed  as 

incurred  during 

- 70 - 

  
implementation stages. Costs incurred during the application development stage include costs of materials and 
services,  and  payroll  and  payroll-related  costs  for  employees  who  are  directly  associated  with  the  software 
project. Such costs are amortized over the expected useful life of the related software which is generally 3 to 6 
years. Costs related to the investment in the Company’s Enterprise Resource Planning and related systems are 
amortized over an expected useful life of 10 years. Maintenance, training, and upgrade costs that do not result 
in additional functionality are expensed as incurred. 

Allocation  of  Acquisition  Purchase  Price  to  Assets  Acquired  and  Liabilities  Assumed:  In  connection  with 
acquisitions, the Company allocates the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed 
based on the estimates of fair value for such items, including intangible assets and technology acquired. Such 
estimates  include  discounted  estimated  cash  flows  to  be  generated  by  those  assets  and  the  expected  useful 
lives based on historical experience, current market trends, and synergies to be achieved from the acquisition 
and  the  expected  tax  basis  of  assets  acquired.  The  Company  may  use  a  third  party  valuation  consultant  to 
assist in the determination of such estimates. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets: Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair 
value of the net assets of the business acquired.  Indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily consist of brands, 
trademarks, content and publishing rights and are typically characterized by intellectual property with a long and 
well-established  revenue  stream  resulting  from  strong  and  well-established  imprint/brand  recognition  in  the 
market.  Goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  are  not  amortized  but  are  reviewed  annually  for 
impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired. The 
Company  evaluates  the  recoverability  of  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  by  comparing  the  fair  value  of  the 
intangible asset to its carrying value.   

To  evaluate  the  recoverability  of  goodwill,  the  Company  uses  a  two-step  impairment  test  approach  at  the 
reporting  unit  level.  In  the  first  step,  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  entire  reporting  unit  is  compared  to  its 
carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, a second 
step is performed to determine the charge for goodwill impairment. In the second step, the Company determines 
an  implied  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit’s  goodwill  by  determining  the  fair  value  of  the  individual  assets  and 
liabilities (including any previously unrecognized intangible assets) of the reporting unit other than goodwill. The 
resulting  implied  fair  value  of  the  goodwill  is  compared  to  the  carrying  amount  and  an  impairment  charge  is 
recognized for the difference.  

In  certain  circumstances,  the  Company  uses  a  qualitative  assessment  as  an  alternative  to  the  two-step  test 
approach.  Under  this  approach  certain  market,  industry  and  financial  performance  factors  are  considered  to 
determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. 
If  that  is  the  case,  the  two-step  approach  described  above  is  then  performed  to  evaluate  the  recoverability  of 
goodwill. 

Intangible Assets with Finite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets: Finite-lived intangible assets principally consist 
of brands, trademarks, content and publication rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements and 
are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The most significant factors in determining the estimated lives of 
these  intangibles  are  the  history  and  longevity  of  the  brands,  trademarks  and  content  and  publication  rights 
acquired  combined  with  the  strength  of  cash  flows.  Content  and  publication  rights,  trademarks,  customer 
relationships and brands with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 5 to 40 
years.  Non-compete  agreements  are  amortized  over  the  terms  of  the  individual  agreement,  generally  up  to  5 
years.  

- 71 - 

Intangible assets with finite lives as of April 30, 2016 are amortized on a straight line basis over the following 
weighted average estimated useful lives: content and publishing rights – 31 years; customer relationships – 20 
years; brands and trademarks – 13 years; non-compete agreements – 4 years.  

Assets  with  finite  lives  are  only  evaluated  for  impairment  upon  a  significant  change  in  the  operating  or 
macroeconomic environment.  In these circumstances, if an evaluation of the projected undiscounted cash flows 
indicates impairment, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value based on the discounted future cash 
flows. 

Derivative  Financial  Instruments:  The  Company,  from  time  to  time,  enters  into  forward  exchange  and  interest 
rate  swap  contracts  as  a  hedge  against  foreign  currency  asset  and  liability  commitments,  changes  in  interest 
rates and anticipated transaction exposures, including intercompany purchases. All derivatives are recognized 
as assets or liabilities and measured at fair value.  Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges 
are  adjusted  to  fair  value  with  a  corresponding  adjustment  to  earnings.  The  Company  does  not  use  financial 
instruments for trading or speculative purposes.   

Foreign  Currency  Gains/Losses:  The  Company  maintains  operations  in  many  non-U.S.  locations.  Assets  and 
liabilities  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  end  of  period  exchange  rates  and  revenues  and  expense  are 
translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  weighted  average  rates.  The  Company’s  significant  investments  in  non-U.S. 
businesses  are  exposed  to  foreign  currency  risk.  Foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  are  reported  as  a 
separate component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss within Shareholders’ Equity. During fiscal year 
2016,  the  Company  recorded  $21.1  million  of  foreign  currency  translation  losses  primarily  due  to  the 
strengthening  of  the  U.S.  dollar  relative  to  the  British  pound  sterling.  Foreign  currency  transaction  gains  or 
losses are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred. 

Share-Based Compensation: The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense based on the fair 
value of the share-based awards on the grant date, reduced by an estimate for future forfeited awards.  As such, 
share-based  compensation  expense  is  only  recognized  for  those  awards  that  are  expected  to  ultimately  vest. 
The  fair  value  of  share-based  awards  is  recognized  in  net  income  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite 
service period. Share-based compensation expense associated with performance-based stock awards is based 
on actual financial results for targets established three years in advance. The cumulative effect on current and 
prior periods of a change in the estimated number of performance share awards, or estimated forfeiture rate, is 
recognized as an adjustment to earnings in the period of the revision. 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards:  

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09 “Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements 
to  Employee  Share-Based  Payment  Accounting”  which  simplifies  the  accounting  for  share-based  payment 
transactions, including income taxes, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on 
the statement of cash flows. The new guidance also allows an entity to make an accounting policy election to 
account  for  forfeitures when  they  occur  or  to  estimate  the  number  of  awards that  are  expected  to  vest with  a 
subsequent true up to actual forfeitures (current GAAP). The standard is effective for the company on May 1, 
2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact the new guidance will have 
on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-02  "Leases  (Topic  842)”.    ASU  2016-02  requires  lessees  to 
recognize  most  leases  on  the  balance  sheet  which  will  result  in  an  increase  in  reported  assets  and  liabilities. 
The  recognition  of  expenses  within  the  income  statement  is  consistent  with  the  existing  lease  accounting 
standards.  There  are  no  significant  changes  in  the  new  standard  for  lessors  under  operating  leases.  The 
- 72 - 

standard  is  effective  for  the  Company  on  May  1,  2019  with  early  adoption  permitted.  Adoption  requires 
application of the new guidance for all periods presented.  The Company is currently assessing the impact the 
new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  November  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2015-17  “Income  Taxes-  Balance  Sheet  Classification  of  Deferred 
Taxes”.  To  simplify  the  presentation  of  deferred  income  taxes,  the  amendments  in  this update  require  that  all 
deferred tax liabilities and assets, including those previously classified as current, be classified as noncurrent in 
a  classified  statement  of  financial  position.  The  amendments  in  this  Update  will  align  the  presentation  of 
deferred income tax assets and liabilities with IFRS. The standard is effective for the company May 1, 2017 with 
early  adoption  permitted.  The  Company  is  currently  assessing  the  impact  the  new  guidance  will  have  on  its 
consolidated financial statements. 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-05 "Intangibles- Goodwill and Other- Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 
350-40):  Customer’s  Accounting  for  Fees  Paid  in  Cloud  Computing  Arrangements"  (“ASU  2015-05”).  Cloud 
computing  arrangements  represent  the  delivery  of  hosted  services  over  the  internet  which  includes  software, 
platforms,  infrastructure  and  other  hosting  arrangements.  The  ASU  provides  criteria  to  determine  whether  the 
cloud  computing  arrangement  includes  a  software  license.  A  software  license  can  include  customized 
development, maintenance, hosting and other related costs. If the criteria are met, the customer will capitalize 
the  fee  attributable  to  the  software  license  portion  of  the  arrangement  as  internal-use  software.  If  the 
arrangement  does  not  include  a  software  license,  it  should  be  treated  as  a  service  contract.  The  standard  is 
effective  for  the  Company  on  May  1,  2016  with  early  adoption  permitted.  An  entity  can  elect  to  adopt  either 
prospectively for all arrangements entered into or materially modified after the effective date or retrospectively. 
The Company intends to adopt the new guidance on a prospective basis as of May 1, 2016.  

In  May  2014,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  ASU  2014-09  "Revenue  from 
Contracts  with  Customers"  (Topic  606)  (“ASU  2014-09”),  and  the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board 
(“IASB”)  published  its  equivalent  standard,  International  Financial  Reporting  Standard  (“IFRS”)  15,  “Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers”. These joint comprehensive new revenue recognition standards will supersede 
most existing revenue recognition guidance and are intended to improve and converge revenue recognition and 
related financial reporting requirements. The standard is effective for the Company on May 1, 2018 with early 
adoption  permitted  on  May  1,  2017.  The  standard  allows  for  either  “full  retrospective”  adoption,  meaning  the 
standard  is  applied  to  all  periods  presented,  or  “cumulative  effect”  adoption,  meaning  the  standard  is  applied 
only to the most current period presented in the financial statements. Subsequently, the FASB issued ASU No. 
2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) – Principal versus Agent Considerations (“ASU 
2016-08”),  ASU  No.  2016-10,  Revenue  from  Contracts with  Customers  (Topic  606) –  Identifying  Performance 
Obligations and Licensing (“ASU 2016-10”), and issued ASU 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers 
(Topic  606)  –  Narrow  Scope  Improvements  and  Practical  Expedients  (“ASU  2016-12”),  which  provide 
clarification  and  additional  guidance  related  to  ASU  2014-09.  The  Company  must  adopt  ASU  2016-08,  ASU 
2016-10, and ASU 2016-12 with ASU 2014-09. The Company is currently assessing whether the adoption of the 
new guidance will have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

- 73 - 

 
 
Note 3 – Reconciliation of Weighted Average Shares Outstanding 

A reconciliation of the shares used in the computation of earnings per share for the years ended April 30 follows 
(in thousands): 

2016 

2015 

2014 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding 

58,253   

59,004   

58,925   

Less:  Unearned Restricted Shares 

Shares Used for Basic Earnings Per Share 

Dilutive Effect of Stock Options and Other Stock Awards 

Shares Used for Diluted Earnings Per Share 

(255) 

57,998 

736 

58,734 

(271) 

58,733 

861 

59,594 

(290) 

58,635 

879 

59,514 

Since  their  inclusion  in  the  calculation  of  diluted  earnings  per  share  would  have  been  anti-dilutive,  options  to 
purchase 336,803, 178,144 and 389,400 shares of Class A Common Stock have been excluded for fiscal years 
2016,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.  In  addition,  for  fiscal  years  2016  and  2015  unearned  restricted  shares  of 
15,200 and 2,500, respectively, have been excluded as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.  

Note 4- Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss by component, net of tax, for the fiscal years ended April 
30, 2016 and 2015 were as follows (in thousands): 

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 

  Unamortized 
Retirement 
Costs 

Interest 
Rate 
Swaps 

Total 

Balance at April 30, 2014 

$(66,664)

$(123,025)

$(602) 

$(190,291)

Other comprehensive income (loss) 

before reclassifications 

Reclassification of amounts to 

Consolidated Statements of Income 
Total other comprehensive income (loss) 

Balance at April 30, 2015 

Other comprehensive income (loss) 

before reclassifications 

Reclassification of amounts to 

Consolidated Statements of Income 
Total other comprehensive income (loss) 

Balance at April 30, 2016 

(180,190)

(42,347)

(783) 

(223,320)

-
(180,190)
$(246,854)

5,938
(36,409)
$(159,434)

1,040 
257 
$(345) 

6,978
(216,342)
$(406,633)

(21,066)

(24,930)

(569) 

(46,565)

-
(21,066)
$(267,920)

4,959
(19,971)
$(179,405)

553 
(16) 
$(361) 

5,512
(41,053)
$(447,686)

For the fiscal years ended April 30, 2016 and 2015, pre-tax actuarial losses included in Unamortized Retirement 
Costs  of  approximately  $6.2  million  and  $7.8  million,  respectively,  were  amortized  from  Accumulated  Other 
Comprehensive  Loss  and  recognized  as  pension  expense  in  Operating  and  Administrative  Expenses  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Income.  

- 74 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 5 – Acquisitions 

CrossKnowledge: 

On May 1, 2014, the Company acquired CrossKnowledge Group Limited (“CrossKnowledge”) for approximately 
$166  million  in  cash,  net  of  cash  acquired.  CrossKnowledge  is  a  learning  solutions  provider  focused  on 
leadership and managerial skills development that offers subscription-based, digital learning solutions for global 
corporations,  universities,  and  small  and  medium-sized  enterprises.  CrossKnowledge’s  solutions  include  a 
variety of managerial and leadership skills assessments, courses, certifications, content and executive training 
programs that are delivered on a cloud-based LMS platform with over 19,000 learning objects in 17 languages. 
CrossKnowledge serves over seven million end-users in 80 countries. For the fiscal years ended April 30, 2016 
and  2015,  CrossKnowledge’s  revenue  included  in  Wiley’s  results  was  $50.7  million  and  $42.0  million, 
respectively.   

The  $166  million  purchase  price  was  allocated  to  identifiable  long-lived  intangible  assets,  mainly  customer 
relationships  and  content  ($63.0  million);  technology  ($6.3  million);  long-term  deferred  tax  liabilities  ($21.5 
million); negative working capital ($4.3 million); and goodwill ($122.5 million). The fair value of intangible assets 
and  technology  acquired  was  based  on  management’s  assessment  performed  with  the  assistance  of  a  third 
party valuation consultant. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets 
acquired  and  comprises  the  estimated  value  of  CrossKnowledge’s  workforce,  unidentifiable  intangible  assets 
and  the  fair  value of  expected synergies.  None  of  the  goodwill  is deductible  for  tax  purposes.  The  identifiable 
long-lived  intangible  assets  are  primarily  amortized  over  a  weighted  average  estimated  useful  life  of 
approximately  15  years.  The  acquisition  was  funded  through  the  use  of  the  Company’s  existing  credit  facility 
and available cash balances.  

Profiles International: 

On  April  1,  2014,  the  Company  acquired  all  of  the  stock  of  Profiles  International  (“Profiles”)  for  approximately 
$47.5 million in cash, net of cash acquired.  Profiles provides pre-employment assessment and selection tools 
that  enable  employers  to  optimize  candidate  selections  and  develop  the  full  potential  of  their  employees. 
Solutions  include  pre-hire  assessments,  including  those  designed  to  measure  and  match  personality, 
knowledge, skills, managerial fit, loyalty, and values; and  post-hire assessments, focused on measuring sales 
and managerial effectiveness, employee performance and career potential. Profiles serves approximately 4,000 
corporate clients and millions of end users in over 120 countries, with assessments available in 32 languages. 
The  $47.5  million  purchase  price  was  allocated  to  identifiable  long-lived  intangible  assets,  mainly  customer 
relationships and assessment content ($22.9 million); technology ($2.7 million); long-term deferred tax liabilities 
($9.7 million); a credit to short-term deferred tax assets ($2.9 million); negative working capital ($5.9 million) and 
goodwill  ($40.4  million).  The  fair  value  of  intangible  assets  and  technology  acquired  was  based  on 
management’s  assessment  performed  with  the  assistance  of  a  third  party  valuation  consultant.  Goodwill 
represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  net  assets  acquired  and  comprises  the 
estimated value of Profile’s workforce, unidentifiable intangible assets and the fair value of expected synergies. 
None  of  the  goodwill  is  deductible  for  tax  purposes.  The  identifiable  long-lived  intangible  assets  are  primarily 
amortized over a weighted average estimated useful life of approximately 13 years. Profiles contributed $20.3 
million,  $23.3  million  and  $1.9  million  to  the  Company’s  revenue  for  fiscal  years  2016,  2015  and  2014, 
respectively.  

Unaudited proforma financial information has not been presented for any of these acquisitions since the effects 
of the acquisitions were not material individually or in the aggregate.  

- 75 - 

Note 6 – Restructuring Charges 

In  fiscal  years  2016,  2015  and  2014,  the  Company  recorded  pre-tax  restructuring  charges  of  $28.6  million 
($0.32 per share), $28.8 million ($0.34 per share) and $42.7 million ($0.48 per share), respectively, which are 
reflected  in  the  Restructuring  Charges  line  item  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  and  described  in 
more detail below: 

Restructuring and Reinvestment Program: 

Beginning in fiscal year 2013, the Company initiated a program (the “Restructuring and Reinvestment Program”) 
to restructure and realign its cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. The Company is 
targeting a majority of the cost savings achieved to improve margins and earnings, while the remainder will be 
reinvested in high growth digital business opportunities.   

The following table summarizes the pre-tax restructuring charges related to this program (in thousands):  

2016 

2015 

2014 

Total Charges 
Incurred to Date 

Charges by Segment: 

Research 
Professional Development 
Education 
Shared Services 

Total Restructuring Charges 

Charges by Activity: 
Severance 
Process reengineering consulting 
Other activities 

Total Restructuring Charges 

$5,048 
2,277 
1,206 
20,080 
$28,611 

$16,443 
7,191 
4,977 
$28,611 

$4,555 
4,385 
1,571 
18,293 
$28,804 

$17,093 
301 
11,410 
$28,804 

$7,774 
11,860 
891 
22,197 
$42,722 

$25,962 
8,556 
8,204 
$42,722 

$20,273 
24,806 
4,786 
74,724 
$124,589 

$79,204 
18,666 
26,719 
$124,589 

Other  Activities  reflects  leased  facility  consolidations,  contract  termination  costs  and  the  curtailment  of  certain 
defined benefit pension plans.  

The following table summarizes the activity for the Restructuring and Reinvestment Program liability as of April 
30 (in thousands): 

Foreign 

Translation & 

2015 

Charges 

Payments  Reclassifications 

2016 

Severance 

$18,794 

$16,443 

$(18,485) 

$(95) 

$16,657 

Process reengineering consulting 

Other activities 

Total 

- 

11,859 

$30,653 

7,191 

4,977 

(7,191) 

(4,188) 

$28,611 

$(29,864) 

- 

(796) 

$(891) 

- 

11,852 

$28,509 

The  restructuring  liability  for  accrued  Severance  costs  is  reflected  in  Accrued  Employment  Costs  in  the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position.  Approximately  $0.6  million  and  $11.3  million  of  the  Other 
Activities are reflected in Other Accrued Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities, respectively.  

- 76 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 7 – Impairment Charges 

In  fiscal  year  2014,  the  Company  terminated  a  multi-year  software  development  program  for  an  internal 
operations application due to a change in the Company’s longer-term enterprise systems plans. As a result, the 
Company recorded an asset impairment charge for previously capitalized software costs related to the program 
of $4.8 million ($0.06 per share). 

Note 8 – Inventories 

Inventories at April 30 were as follows (in thousands):  

Finished Goods 
Work-in-Process 
Paper, Cloth, and Other 

Inventory Value of Estimated Sales Returns 
LIFO Reserve 
Total Inventories 

2016 
$45,170
7,592
4,867
57,629
4,924
(4,774)
$57,779

2015 
$52,705
6,552
4,676
63,933
6,555
(6,709)
$63,779

See  Note  2,  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  -  Sales  Return  Reserves  for  a  discussion  of  the 
Inventory Value of Estimated Sales Returns.   

Note 9 – Product Development Assets 

Product development assets consisted of the following at April 30 (in thousands): 

Composition Costs 
Royalty Advances 
Total 

2016 
$40,944
31,182
$72,126

2015 
$41,280
28,309
$69,589

Composition costs are net of accumulated amortization of $199.3 million and $198.2 million as of April 30, 2016 
and 2015, respectively. 

Note 10 – Technology, Property and Equipment  

Technology, property and equipment consisted of the following at April 30 (in thousands): 

Capitalized Software and Computer Hardware
Buildings and Leasehold Improvements 
Furniture, Fixtures and Warehouse Equipment 
Land and Land Improvements 

Accumulated Depreciation 
Total 

2016 
$539,968
84,923
54,607
3,726
683,224
(468,454)
$214,770

2015 
$460,199 
86,225 
60,460 
3,820 
610,704 
(417,694) 
$193,010 

The net book value of capitalized software costs was $151.5 million and $121.9 million as of April 30, 2016 and 
2015,  respectively.  Depreciation  expense  recognized  in  fiscal  years  2016,  2015,  and  2014  for  capitalized 
software costs was approximately $49.6 million, $42.1 million and $36.5 million, respectively. 

- 77 - 

 
 
 
 
 
Note 11 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

The following table summarizes the activity in goodwill by segment as of April 30 (in thousands): 

Research 
Professional Development 
Education 

Total 

$447,326
       365,215
       149,826

$962,367

Intangible assets as of April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

2015 

Acquisitions 

Foreign 
Translation 
Adjustment 

$(14,025) 
3,321 
- 

2016 

$433,301
368,536
149,826

-

$(10,704) 

$951,663

-
         -
-

2016 

2015 

Cost 

Accumulated
Amortization 

Cost 

Accumulated
Amortization 

Intangible Assets with Determinable Lives 
Content and Publishing Rights 
Customer Relationships 
Brands & Trademarks 
Covenants not to Compete 

Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives 

Brands & Trademarks 
Content and Publishing Rights  

   $790,055
224,839
30,116
1,687

1,046,697

147,683
87,202

   $(333,174)
(54,677)
(15,713)
(1,011)

   $781,618 
225,239 
30,008 
1,343 

   $(299,022)
(43,967)
(13,225)
(677)

(404,575)

1,038,208 

(356,891)

-
-

152,332 
83,972 

-
-

$1,281,582

$(404,575)

$1,274,512 

$(356,891)

Based  on  the  current  amount  of  intangible  assets  subject  to  amortization  and  assuming  current  foreign 
exchange rates, the estimated amortization expense for each of the succeeding five fiscal years are as follows: 
2017 - $48 million; 2018 – $44 million; 2019 - $42 million; 2020 - $38 million and 2021 - $35 million. 

Note 12 - Income Taxes 

The provisions for income taxes for the years ended April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

Current Provision 
US – Federal 
International 
State and Local 

Total Current Provision 

Deferred Provision (Benefit) 

US – Federal 
International 
State and Local 

Total Deferred (Benefit) 

Total Provision 

2016 

2015 

2014 

 $(5,365)
31,958
  1,657

$28,250

 $27,137 
27,613 
  1,007 

 $13,541
34,519
  (733)

$55,757 

$47,327

$6,625
(6,459)
595

$(7,554) 
606 
(216) 

$(1,748)
(10,008)
(547)

 $761

 $(7,164) 

 $(12,303)

$29,011

$48,593 

$35,024

- 78 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
International and United States pretax income for the years ended April 30, 2016 were as follows (in thousands): 

International 
United States 

Total 

2016 

2015 

2014 

  $159,152
15,641

  $165,085 
60,376 

  $159,442
36,092

 $174,793

 $225,461 

 $195,534

The  Company’s  effective  income  tax  rate  as  a  percentage  of  pretax  income  differed  from  the  U.S.  federal 
statutory rate as shown below: 

U.S. Federal Statutory Rate 
Benefit from Lower Taxes on Non-U.S. Income 
State Income Taxes, Net of U.S. Federal Tax Benefit 
Deferred Tax Benefit From Statutory Tax Rate Change 
Tax Adjustments and Other 

Effective Income Tax Rate 

2016 

2015 

2014 

35.0%
(14.6)
0.8
(3.4)
(1.2)

16.6%

35.0% 
(11.9) 
0.3 
- 
(1.8) 

21.6% 

35.0%
(10.8)
0.4
(5.4)
(1.3)

17.9%

Note:  A  substantial  portion  of  the  Company’s  income  is  earned  outside  the  U.S.  in  jurisdictions  with  lower 
statutory income tax rates than the U.S. including: U.K. (20%): Germany (27%): Australia (30%): Canada (28%). 

Deferred Tax Benefit from Statutory Tax Rate Change:  In fiscal years 2016 and 2014, the Company recognized 
non-cash deferred tax benefits of $5.9 million ($0.10 per share), and 10.6 million ($0.18 per share), respectfully, 
principally  associated  with  new  tax  legislation  enacted  in  the  United  Kingdom  (“U.K.”)  that  reduced  the  U.K. 
statutory income tax rates by 2% and 3%, respectively. The benefits reflect the remeasurement of all applicable 
U.K deferred tax balances to the new income tax rates of 19% effective April 1, 2017 and 18% effective April 1, 
2020. 

Tax Adjustments and Other:  In fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded tax benefits of $1.3 
million,  $0.7  million,  and  $2.6  million,  respectively,  related  to  the  expiration  of  the  statute  of  limitations  and 
favorable  resolutions  of  certain  federal,  state  and  foreign  tax  matters  with  tax  authorities.  In  addition,  in  fiscal 
year 2015, the Company recognized a non-recurring tax benefit of $3.1 million related to tax deductions claimed 
on the write-up of certain foreign tax assets to fair market value. 

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes:   

As of April 30, 2016 and April 30, 2015, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits were $19.9 million and 
$19.3 million, respectively, of which $3.5 million and $3.0 million represented accruals for interest and penalties 
recorded as additional tax expense in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy. Within the income tax 
provision  for  both  fiscal  years  2016  and  2015,  the  Company  recorded  net  interest  expense  on  reserves  for 
unrecognized and recognized tax benefits of $0.5 million in each year. As of April 30, 2016 and April 30, 2015, 
the  total  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  that,  would  reduce  the  Company’s  income  tax  provision,  if 
recognized,  were  approximately  $19.2  million  and  $18.8  million,  respectively.  The  Company  does  not  expect 
any significant changes to the unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.  

- 79 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation of the unrecognized tax benefits included within the Other Long-Term Liabilities line item in the 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position follows (in thousands): 

Balance at May 1st 
Additions for Current Year Tax Positions  
Additions for Prior Year Tax Positions  
Reductions for Prior Year Tax Positions 
Foreign Translation Adjustment 
Payments 
Reductions for Lapse of Statute of Limitations  

2016 

$19,349
1,077
533
(214)
569
(132)
(1,319)

2015 

$23,826
503
519
(595)
(4,207)
-
(697)

Balance at April 30th 

 $19,863

 $19,349

Tax Audits: 
The  Company  files  income  tax  returns  in  the  U.S.  and  various  states  and  non-U.S.  tax  jurisdictions.  The 
Company’s  major  taxing  jurisdictions  include  the  United  States,  the  United  Kingdom  and  Germany.  The 
Company  is  no  longer  subject  to  income  tax  examinations  for  years  prior  to  fiscal  year  2010  in  the  major 
jurisdictions in which the Company is subject to tax. The Company’s last completed U.S. federal audit was for 
fiscal  years  2006  through  2009,  which  resulted  in  minimal  adjustments  principally  related  to  temporary 
differences. The IRS is currently auditing the fiscal year 2013 U.S. Federal income tax return. 

In fiscal year 2003, the Company merged several of its German subsidiaries into a new operating entity which 
enabled the Company to increase (“step-up”) the tax deductible net asset basis of the merged subsidiaries to 
fair market value. The expected tax benefits to be derived from the step-up are approximately 50 million euros 
claimed as amortization over 15 years beginning in fiscal year 2003.  

In  May  2012,  as  part  of  its  routine  tax  audit  process,  the  German  tax  authorities  filed  a  challenge  to  the 
Company’s  tax  position  with  respect  to  the  amortization  of  certain  stepped-up  assets.  The  Company  filed  an 
appeal  with  the  local  finance  court  in  September  2014.    Under  German  tax  law,  the  Company  must  pay  all 
contested  taxes  and  the  related  interest  to  have  the  right  to  defend  its  position.  The  Company  has  made  all 
required  payments  to  date  with  total  deposits  paid  of  48  million  euros  through  April  30,  2016.  The  Company 
expects that it will be required to deposit additional amounts up to 10 million euros plus interest for tax returns to 
be filed in future periods until the issue is resolved.  

In  October  2014,  the  Company  received  an  unfavorable  decision  from  the  local  finance  court  and  is  in  the 
process of appealing the court decision. The Company’s management and its advisors continue to believe that 
the  Company  is  “more  likely  than  not”  to  successfully  defend  that  the  tax  treatment  was  proper  and  in 
accordance with German tax regulations. As such, the  Company has not recorded any charges related to the 
loss of the step-up benefit. The Company filed its appeal in January 2015. Resolution of the appeal is expected 
to  take  up  to  24  months  from  January  2015.  If  the  Company  is  ultimately  successful,  as  expected,  the  tax 
deposits will be returned with 6% simple interest, based on current German legislation. As of April 30, 2016, the 
USD  equivalent  of  the  deposit  and  accrued  interest  was  $62.9  million,  which  is  recorded  as  Income  Tax 
Deposits on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The Company records the accrued interest at 
6% within the Provision for Income Taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  

Deferred Taxes: 
Deferred taxes result from temporary differences in the recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial 
reporting purposes.  It is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable 

- 80 - 

 
income  to  realize  the  deferred  tax  assets.  The  significant  components  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  at 
April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

Inventories 
Intangible and Fixed Assets 

Total Deferred Tax Liabilities 

Net Operating Losses 
Reserve for Sales Returns and Doubtful Accounts 
Accrued Employee Compensation 
Other Accrued Expenses 
Retirement and Post-Employment Benefits 

Total  Deferred Tax Assets 

Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 

Reported As 
Current Deferred Tax Assets 
Non-current Deferred Tax Assets 
Non-current  Deferred  Tax Liabilities 

Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 

2016 

2015 

       $5,349
       288,769

       $5,230 
       297,323 

$294,118

$302,553 

$3,148
6,075
29,550
14,842
64,438

$4,599 
6,922 
28,093 
14,583 
62,385 

$118,053

$176,065

$116,582 

$185,971 

$11,126
2,677
189,868

$9,981 
2,995 
198,947 

$176,065

$185,971 

Pretax earnings of a non-U.S. subsidiary or affiliate are subject to U.S. taxation when repatriated. The Company 
intends to reinvest earnings outside the U.S. except in instances where repatriating such earnings would result 
in no additional tax. Accordingly, the Company has not recognized U.S. tax expense on non-U.S. earnings. At 
April 30, 2016, the accumulated undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries approximated $716 million. It is 
not  practical  to  determine  the  U.S.  income  tax  liability  that  would  be  payable  if  such  earnings  were  not 
indefinitely reinvested. 

Note 13 - Debt and Available Credit Facilities 

As  of  April  30,  2016  and  2015,  the  Company’s  debt  of  approximately  $605.0  million  and  $750.1  million, 
respectively consisted of amounts due under the following revolving credit facilities: 

On March 1, 2016, the Company amended and extended its existing revolving credit agreement (“RCA”) with a 
syndicated bank group led by Bank of America. The previous RCA consisted of a $940 million senior revolving 
credit facility due on November 2, 2016. The new agreement consists of a $1.1 billion five-year senior revolving 
credit facility payable March 1, 2021.  The proceeds of the amended facility will be used for general corporate 
purposes  including  seasonal  operating  cash  requirements  investments  in  technology  systems  and  new 
businesses,  and  strategic  acquisitions.  Under  the  agreement,  which  can  be  drawn  in  multiple  currencies,  the 
Company has the option of borrowing at the following floating interest rates:  (i) at a rate based on the London 
Interbank  Offered  Rate  (“LIBOR”)  plus  an  applicable  margin  ranging  from  0.98%  to  1.50%,  depending  on  the 
Company’s consolidated leverage ratio, as defined, or (ii) for U.S. dollar-denominated loans only, at the lender’s 
base  rate  plus  an  applicable  margin  ranging  from  zero  to  0.45%,  depending  on  the  Company’s  consolidated 
leverage ratio.  The lender’s base rate is defined as the highest of (i) the U.S. federal funds effective rate plus a 
0.50%  margin,  (ii)  the  Eurocurrency  rate,  as  defined,  plus  a  1.00%  margin,  or  (iii)  the  Bank  of  America  prime 
lending  rate.    In  addition,  the  Company  pays  a  facility  fee  ranging  from  0.15%  to  0.25%  depending  on  the 
Company’s consolidated leverage ratio.  The Company also has the option to request an additional credit limit 
increase of up to $350 million in minimum increments of $50 million, subject to the approval of the lenders. The 
credit  agreement  contains  certain  restrictive  covenants  related  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  leverage  ratio 

- 81 - 

 
 
and interest coverage ratio, which the Company was in compliance with as of April 30, 2016. Due to the fact that 
there  are  no  principal  payments  due  until  the  end  of  the  agreement  in  fiscal  year  2021,  the  Company  has 
classified its entire debt obligation related to this facility as long-term which was approximately $605.0 million as 
of April 30, 2016. As of April 30, 2015, the entire debt obligation related to the previous facility of approximately 
$750.1 was classified as long-term.  As part of the amendment, the Company paid $3.4 million in debt financing 
costs in fiscal year 2016 which were capitalized and included in the Other Assets line item in the Consolidated 
Statements of Financial Position.  

On October 31, 2015, the Company renewed its U.S. dollar facility with TD Bank, N.A. which was equally ranked 
with the Company’s previous agreement with Bank of America - Merrill Lynch and The Royal Bank of Scotland 
plc, and Santander Bank. The agreement consisted of a $50 million 364-day revolving credit facility which was 
drawn in fiscal year 2015. The facility was terminated and fully paid off with the proceeds of the RCA refinancing 
on March 1, 2016.  

On August 6, 2015, the Company amended its December 22, 2014 364-day U.S. dollar revolving credit facility 
reinstated every 30 days with Santander Bank, N.A. by increasing the facility to $100 million from $50 million.  
The  additional  $50  million  was  drawn  during  August  and  was  used  to  repay  a  portion  of  the  senior  revolving 
credit facility. The facility was equally ranked with the Company’s previous agreement with Bank of America - 
Merrill  Lynch  and  The  Royal  Bank  of  Scotland  plc,  and  TD  Bank,  N.A.  The  facility  was  fully  paid  on  April  29, 
2016.  This facility’s termination date was May 23, 2016 and was not renewed.  

The Company and its subsidiaries have other lines of credit aggregating $7.2 million at various interest rates. 
There were no outstanding borrowings under these credit lines at April 30, 2016. Outstanding borrowings under 
these credit lines were approximately $0.1 million as of April 30, 2015.  

The  Company’s  total  available  lines  of  credit  as  of  April  30,  2016  were  approximately  $1.1  billion,  of  which 
approximately  $0.5  billion  was  unused.  The  weighted  average  interest  rates  on  total  debt  outstanding  during 
fiscal years 2016 and 2015 were 1.88% and 1.93%, respectively. As of April 30, 2016 and 2015, the weighted 
average  interest  rates  for  the  total  debt  were  2.12%  and  1.77%,  respectively.  Based  on  estimates  of  interest 
rates  currently  available  to  the  Company  for  loans  with  similar  terms  and  maturities,  the  fair  value  of  the 
Company’s debt approximates its carrying value. 

Note 14 – Derivative Instruments and Activities 

The  Company,  from  time-to-time,  enters  into  forward  exchange  and  interest  rate  swap  contracts  as  a  hedge 
against foreign currency asset and liability commitments, changes in interest rates and anticipated transaction 
exposures,  including  intercompany  purchases.  All  derivatives  are  recognized  as  assets  or  liabilities  and 
measured at fair value.  Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges are adjusted to fair value with 
a  corresponding  adjustment  to  earnings.  The  Company  does  not  use  financial  instruments  for  trading  or 
speculative purposes.  

Interest Rate Contracts: 
The Company had $605.0 million of variable rate loans outstanding at April 30, 2016, which approximated fair 
value.  As  of  April  30,  2016  and  2015,  the  interest  rate  swap  agreements  maintained  by  the  Company  were 
designated as fully effective cash flow hedges as defined under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 815 
“Derivatives  and  Hedging.”  As  a  result,  there  was  no  impact  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Income  from  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swaps  as  they  were  fully  offset  by  changes  in  the 
interest  expense  on  the  underlying  variable  rate  debt  instruments.  Under  ASC  815,  fully  effective  derivative 
instruments  that  are  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  have  changes  in  their  fair  value  recorded  initially  within 
- 82 - 

Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Loss  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position.  As  interest 
expense is recognized based on the variable rate loan agreements, the corresponding deferred gain or loss on 
the interest rate swaps is reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss to Interest Expense in the 
Consolidated Statements of Income. It is management’s intention that the notional amount of interest rate swaps 
be less than the variable rate loans outstanding during the life of the derivatives. 

On  April  4,  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  a  forward  starting  interest  rate  swap  agreement  which  fixed  a 
portion  of  the  variable  interest  due  on  a  variable  rate  debt  renewal  on  May  16,  2016.  Under  the  terms  of  the 
agreement, the Company will pay a fixed rate of 0.92% and receives a variable rate of interest based on one-
month LIBOR (as defined) from the counterparty which is reset every month for a three-year period starting May 
16, 2016 ending May 15, 2019. As of April 30, 2016, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $350.0 
million.  

On  August  15,  2014,  the Company  entered  into  an  interest  rate swap  agreement  which  fixed  a  portion of  the 
variable  interest  due  on  its  variable  rate  loans  outstanding.  Under  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  the  Company 
pays a fixed rate of 0.65% and receives a variable rate of interest based on one-month LIBOR (as defined) from 
the counterparty which is reset every month for a two-year period ending August 15, 2016. As of April 30, 2016, 
the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $150.0 million.  

On January 15, 2014, the Company entered into a $150.0 million notional value interest rate swap agreement 
which fixed a portion of the variable interest due on its variable rate loans outstanding. Under the terms of the 
agreement which expired on January 15, 2016, the Company paid a fixed rate of 0.47% and received a variable 
rate of interest based on one-month LIBOR (as defined) from the counterparty which was reset every month for 
a two-year period.  

The Company records the fair value of its interest rate swaps on a recurring basis using Level 2 inputs of quoted 
prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets. The fair value of the interest rate swaps as of April 30, 
2016 and 2015 was a deferred loss of $0.6 million. Based on the maturity dates of the contracts, approximately 
$0.1  million  and  $0.2  million  of  the  deferred  losses  as  of  April  30,  2016  and  2015  were  recorded  in  Other 
Accrued Liabilities, with the remaining deferred losses in each period of $0.5 million and $0.4 million recorded in 
Other  Long-Term  Liabilities,  respectively.  The  pre-tax  losses  that  were  reclassified  from  Accumulated  Other 
Comprehensive Loss into Interest Expense for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $0.9 million, $1.7 million 
and  $1.3  million,  respectively.  Based  on  the  amount  in  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Loss  at  April  30, 
2016, approximately $0.7 million, net of tax, of unrecognized loss would be reclassified into net income in the 
next twelve months. 

Foreign Currency Contracts: 

The  Company  may  enter  into  forward  exchange  contracts  to  manage  the  Company’s  exposure  on  certain 
foreign  currency  denominated  assets  and  liabilities. The  forward  exchange  contracts  are  marked  to  market 
through Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains (Losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income, and carried 
at their fair value in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position with gains reported in Prepaid and Other 
and  losses  reported  in  Other  Accrued  Liabilities.  Foreign  currency  denominated  assets  and  liabilities  are 
remeasured at spot rates in effect on the balance sheet date, with the effects of changes in spot rates reported 
in Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains (Losses).  

As of April 30, 2016, there were two open forward exchange contracts with notional amounts of 31 million Euros 
and  274  million  Pounds  Sterling  to  hedge  intercompany  loans.  As  of  April  30,  2015,  the  Company  did  not 
maintain  any  open  forward  contracts.  During  fiscal  years  2014  through  2016,  the  Company  did  not  designate 
- 83 - 

any forward exchange contracts as hedges under current accounting standards as the benefits of doing so were 
not  material  due  to  the  short-term  nature  of  the  contracts. The  fair  value  changes  in  the  forward  exchange 
contracts substantially mitigated the changes in the value of the applicable foreign currency denominated assets 
and liabilities. The fair value of the open forward exchange contracts was measured on a recurring basis using 
Level 2 inputs. For fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, the gains (losses) recognized on forward contracts were 
$1.3 million, $(11.2) million, and $(0.4) million, respectively.  

Note 15 - Commitment and Contingencies 

The following schedule shows the composition of rent expense for operating leases (in thousands): 

Minimum Rental 
Less: Sublease Rentals 

Total 

2016 

$37,206 
(597) 

$36,609 

2015 

$39,748 
(639) 

$39,109 

2014 

$40,929 
(642) 

$40,287 

Future  minimum  payments  under  operating  leases  were  $328.1  million  at  April  30,  2016.  Annual  minimum 
payments under these leases for fiscal years 2017 through 2021 are approximately $35.2 million, $20.2 million, 
$27.1 million, $25.0 million, and $21.4 million, respectively. Rent expense associated with operating leases that 
include  scheduled  rent  increases  and  tenant  incentives,  such  as  rent  holidays  or  leasehold  improvement 
allowances, are recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. During the first quarter of fiscal year 
2015,  the  Company  renewed  the  lease  for  its  corporate  headquarters  in  Hoboken,  New  Jersey.  The  lease 
renewal is an operating lease which commences on July 1, 2017 and extends the current lease through March 
31, 2033. As a result of the renewal, the Company’s total future minimum payments under the new lease will be 
$223.0 million, with annual minimum payments of $14.4 million in fiscal years 2018 through 2021. 

The Company is involved in routine litigation in the ordinary course of its business.  A provision for litigation is 
accrued when information available to the Company indicates that it is probable a liability has been incurred and 
the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.  Significant judgment may be required to determine both the 
probability and estimates of loss. When the amount of the loss can only be estimated within a range, the most 
likely  outcome  within  that range  is  accrued.  If  no  amount  within the  range  is a  better  estimate  than  any  other 
amount,  the  minimum  amount  within  the  range  is  accrued.  When  uncertainties  exist  related  to  the  probable 
outcome of litigation and/or the amount or range of loss, the Company does not record a liability, but discloses 
facts related to the nature of the contingency and possible losses if management considers the information to be 
material. Reserves for legal defense costs are recorded when management believes such future costs will be 
material.  The  accruals  for  loss  contingencies  and  legal  costs  are  reviewed  regularly  and  may  be  adjusted  to 
reflect updated information on the status of litigation and advice of legal counsel.  In the opinion of management, 
the  ultimate  resolution  of  all  pending  litigation  as  of  April  30,  2016  will  not  have  a  material  effect  upon  the 
financial condition or results of operations of the Company. 

Over the past few years, the Company has from time to time faced claims from photographers or agencies that 
the  Company  has  used  photographs  without  licenses  or  beyond  licensed  permissions.    The  Company  has 
insurance coverage for a significant portion of such claims.  The Company does not believe that its exposure to 
such claims either individually or in the aggregate is material. 

- 84 - 

 
 
 
 
Note 16 - Retirement Plans 

The  Company  and  its  principal  subsidiaries  have  retirement  plans  that  cover  substantially  all  employees.  The 
plans generally provide for employee retirement between the ages of 60 and 65, and benefits based on length of 
service and compensation, as defined. 

Recent Plan Curtailments 

In  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  plan  amendments  that  froze  the  U.S. 
Employees’  Retirement  Plan,  Supplemental  Benefit  Plan,  and  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan, 
effective  June  30,  2013.    These  plans  are  U.S.  defined  benefit  plans.  Under  the  amendments,  no  new 
employees  are  permitted  to  enter  these  plans  and  no  additional  benefits  for  current  participants  for  future 
services will be accrued after June 30, 2013.   

The  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  plan  amendments  that  froze  the  Retirement  Plan  for  the 
Employees  of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Canada,  effective  December  31,  2015.  Under  the  amendments,  no  new 
employees are permitted to enter this plan and no additional benefits for current participants for future services 
will  be  accrued  after  December  31,  2015.    The  Company  recorded  a  one-time  pension  plan  benefit  of  $0.6 
million  in  fiscal  year  2015  as  a  result  of  the  plan  amendments.  The  curtailment  benefit  is  included  within  the 
fiscal year 2015 Restructuring Charges line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

The  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  plan  amendments  that  froze  the  Retirement  Plan  for  the 
Employees of John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., a U.K. plan, effective April 30, 2015. Under the amendments, no new 
employees are permitted to enter this plan and no additional benefits for current participants for future services 
will be accrued after April 30, 2015. While there was no significant amount recorded for the curtailment, there 
was  a  resulting  concession  with  employees  to  contribute  an  additional  $0.8  million  to  the  Company’s  defined 
contribution plans in fiscal year 2015. This contribution was recognized in the Restructuring charges line item in 
the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income. 

The  Company  maintains  the  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  for  certain  officers  and  senior 
management  which  provides  for  the  payment  of  supplemental  retirement  benefits  after  the  termination  of 
employment for 10 years or in a lifetime annuity. Under certain circumstances, including a change of control as 
defined, the payment of such amounts could be accelerated on a present value basis. Future accrued benefits 
to the Plan have been discontinued as noted above.  

The components of net pension expense for the defined benefit plans and the weighted-average assumptions 
were as follows (in thousands): 

Service Cost 

Interest Cost  

Expected Return on Plan Assets 
Net Amortization of Prior Service Cost 

and Transition Asset 

Recognized Net Actuarial Loss 

Curtailment/Settlement Loss (Gain) 

2016 

2015 

2014 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

 $       - 

13,612 

$1,455 

16,446 

 $       - 

13,159 

$5,942 

17,417 

 $       - 

12,613 

$8,066 

17,144 

(14,756) 

(25,088) 

(13,782) 

(22,654) 

(14,838) 

(21,607) 

(154) 

2,240 

1,857 

55 

2,475 

- 

(115) 

1,470 

- 

68 

6,299 

(428) 

- 

5,681 

- 

124 

7,490 

79 

Net Pension Charge (Credit) 

$2,799 

$(4,657) 

$732 

$6,644 

$3,456 

$11,296 

Discount Rate 

Rate of Compensation Increase  

Expected Return on Plan Assets 

4.2% 

N/A 

6.8% 

3.5% 

3.0% 

6.7% 

- 85 - 

4.7% 

N/A 

6.8% 

4.2% 

3.2% 

6.7% 

4.2% 

N/A 

8.0% 

4.2% 

3.2% 

6.7% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The curtailment/settlement loss in fiscal year 2016 of $1.9 million, noted above, relates to a disability payment 
made subject to terms of the Company’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. 

The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets for the retirement 
plans  with  accumulated  benefit  obligations  in  excess  of  plan  assets  were  $797.4  million,  $759.2  million  and 
$567.8  million,  respectively,  as  of  April  30,  2016  and  $813.3  million,  $773.4  million  and  $589.9  million, 
respectively, as of April 30, 2015.  

The Recognized Net Actuarial Loss for each fiscal year is calculated using the “corridor method” which reflects 
the amortization of the net loss at the beginning of the fiscal year in excess of 10% of the greater of the market 
value  of  plan  assets  or  the  projected  benefit  obligation.  The  amortization  period  is  based  on  the  average 
expected life of plan participants.  

The  Company  recognizes  the  overfunded  or  underfunded  status  of  defined  benefit  postretirement  plans, 
measured  as  the  difference  between  the  fair  value  of  plan  assets  and  the  projected  benefit  obligation,  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.  The change in the funded status of the plan is recognized within 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Plan assets and 
obligations are measured at fair value as of the Company’s balance sheet date.   

The amounts in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss that are expected to be recognized as components of 
net periodic benefit cost during the next fiscal year are as follows (in thousands): 

Actuarial Loss 

Prior Service Cost 

Total 

U.S. 

$2,712 

(154) 

$2,558 

Non-U.S. 

$2,819 

56 

$2,875 

Total 

$5,531 

(98) 

$5,433 

- 86 - 

 
 
 
 
  
 The following table sets forth the changes in and the status of the Company’s defined benefit plans’ assets and 
benefit obligations:   

Dollars in thousands 

CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS 

2016 

2015 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

Fair Value of Plan Assets, Beginning of Year 

$222,966

$376,576 

$207,986

$351,092

Actual Return on Plan Assets 

Employer Contributions 

Employee Contributions 

Settlements 

Benefits Paid 

Foreign Currency Rate Changes 

Fair Value, End of Year 

2,610 

9,459 

- 

(4,446) 

(2,789) 

23,166 

60,997 

8,450 

3,972 

68 

- 

- 

- 

9,701 

1,566 

(2,353) 

(7,118) 

(14,666) 

(14,354) 

(12,158) 

- 

(15,467) 

- 

(37,309) 

$215,923

$352,484 

$222,966

$376,576

CHANGE IN PROJECTED BENEFIT OBLIGATION 

Benefit Obligation, Beginning of Year 

$(329,388) 

$(484,458) 

$(285,659) 

$(442,703) 

Service Cost 

Interest Cost 

Employee Contributions 

Actuarial Gain (Loss) 

Benefits Paid 

Foreign Currency Rate Changes 

Curtailment 

Settlements and Other 

- 

(1,455) 

- 

(5,942) 

(13,612) 

(16,446) 

(13,159) 

(17,417) 

- 

(68) 

- 

(1,566) 

(13,020) 

14,666 

- 

- 

4,446 

9,582 

(45,868) 

(83,782) 

14,354 

17,330 

- 

- 

12,158 

- 

- 

3,140 

7,118 

52,513 

5,147 

2,174 

Benefit Obligation, End of Year 

$(336,908)

$(461,161) 

$(329,388)

$(484,458)

Funded Status 

$(120,985)

$(108,677) 

$(106,422)

$(107,882)

AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION:

Other Noncurrent Assets 

Current Pension Liability 

Noncurrent Pension Liability 

- 

- 

- 

(4,817) 

(675) 

(4,086) 

17 

(508) 

(116,168) 

(108,002) 

(102,336) 

(107,391) 

 Net Amount Recognized in Statement of Financial Position 

$(120,985)

$(108,677) 

$(106,422)

$(107,882)

AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (before tax) CONSIST OF:

Net Actuarial (Loss)  

Prior Service Cost Gain (Loss) 

$(124,087) 

$(139,307) 

$(103,017) 

$(128,280) 

2,870 

(521) 

3,024 

(555) 

Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

$(121,217)

$(139,828) 

$(99,993)

$(128,835)

Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive  Loss 

$(21,224)

$(10,993) 

$(31,988)

$(20,329)

WEIGHTED AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED IN DETERMINING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES: 

Discount Rate 

Rate of Compensation Increase 

Accumulated Benefit Obligations 

4.0% 

N/A 

3.5% 

3.0% 

4.2% 

N/A 

3.5% 

3.0% 

$(336,908)

$(422,861) 

$(329,389)

$(444,561)

- 87 - 

  
  
 
 
 
Basis for determining discount rate:   

The  discount  rates  for  the  United  States,  United  Kingdom  and  Canadian  pension  plans  were  based  on  the 
derivation  of  a  single-equivalent  discount  rate  using  a  standard  spot  rate  curve  and  the  timing  of  expected 
benefit payments. The spot rate curve used is based upon a portfolio of Moody’s-rated Aa3 (or higher) corporate 
bonds.  The  discount  rates  for  the  other  international  plans  were  based  on  similar  published  indices  with 
durations comparable to that of each plan’s liabilities. 

Basis for determining the expected asset return: 

The expected long-term rates of return were estimated using market benchmarks for equities, real estate, and 
bonds applied to each plan’s target asset allocation and are estimated by asset class including an anticipated 
inflation  rate.  The  expected  long-term  rates  are  then  compared  to  the  historic  investment  performance  of  the 
plan  assets  as  well  as  future  expectations  and  estimated  through  consultation  with  investment  advisors  and 
actuaries. 

Pension plan assets/investments: 

The  investment  guidelines  for  the  defined  benefit  pension  plans  are  established  based  upon  an  evaluation  of 
market  conditions,  plan  liabilities,  cash  requirements  for  benefit  payments,  and  tolerance  for  risk.    Investment 
guidelines include the use of actively and passively managed securities. The investment objective is to ensure 
that funds are available to meet the plan’s benefit obligations when they are due. The investment strategy is to 
invest in high quality and diversified equity and debt securities to achieve our long-term expectation.  The plans’ 
risk  management  practices  provide  guidance  to  the  investment  managers,  including  guidelines  for  asset 
concentration, credit rating and liquidity.  Asset allocation favors a balanced portfolio, with a global aggregated 
target  allocation  of  approximately  49%  equity  securities,  50%  fixed  income  securities  and  cash,  and  1%  real 
estate.  Due  to  volatility  in  the  market,  the  target  allocation  is  not  always  desirable  and  asset  allocations  will 
fluctuate  between  acceptable  ranges  of  plus  or  minus  5%.  The  Company  regularly  reviews  the  investment 
allocations  and  periodically  rebalances  investments  to  the  target  allocations.  The  Company  categorizes  its 
pension assets into three levels based upon the assumptions (inputs) used to price the assets. Level 1 provides 
the most reliable measure of fair value, whereas Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment. 
The three levels are defined as follows: 

  Level 1:  Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. 
  Level 2:  Observable inputs other than those included in Level 1.  For example, quoted prices for similar 

assets in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets in inactive markets. 

  Level 3:  Unobservable inputs reflecting assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset. 

- 88 - 

 
 
 
The Company did not maintain any level 3 assets during fiscal years 2016 and 2015. The following tables set 
forth, by level within the fair value hierarchy, pension plan assets at their fair value as of April 30 (in thousands): 

2016 

2015 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Total 

U.S. Plan Assets 

Equity Securities: 

U.S. Commingled Funds 

$         - 

$69,550 

$69,550 

$         - 

$68,671 

$68,671 

Non-U.S. Commingled Funds 

Fixed Income Commingled Funds 

Real Estate 

- 

- 

- 

28,741 

28,741 

105,841 

105,841 

11,791 

11,791 

- 

- 

- 

38,336 

38,336 

105,363 

105,363 

10,596 

10,596 

Total U.S. Plan Assets 

$         - 

$215,923 

$215,923 

$         - 

$222,966 

$222,966 

Non-U.S. Plan Assets 

Equity Securities: 

U.S. Equities 

Non-U.S. Equities 

Balanced Managed Funds 

Fixed Income Funds: 

Other: 

Real Estate/Other 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

$         - 

$24,688 

$24,688 

$         - 

$25,551 

$25,551 

- 

10,070 

72,892 

32,203 

72,892 

42,273 

- 

10,295 

80,014 

66,707 

80,014 

77,002 

- 

- 

562 

211,561 

211,561 

508 

- 

508 

562 

- 

- 

3,176 

190,344 

190,344 

489 

- 

489 

3,176 

Total Non-U.S. Plan Assets 

$10,632 

$341,852 

$352,484 

$13,471 

$363,105 

$376,576 

Total Plan Assets 

$10,632 

$557,775 

$568,407 

$13,471 

$586,071 

$599,542 

Expected employer contributions to the defined benefit pension plans in fiscal year 2017 will be approximately 
$17.9 million, including $8.0 million of minimum amounts required for the Company’s non-U.S. plans. From time 
to  time,  the  Company  may  elect  to  make  voluntary  contributions  to  its  defined  benefit  plans  to  improve  their 
funded status. 

Benefit  payments  to  retirees  from  all  defined  benefit  plans are expected  to  approximate  $22.8  million  in  fiscal 
year 2017, $24.0 million in fiscal year 2018, $23.9 million in fiscal year 2019, $25.4 million in fiscal year 2020, 
$25.2 million in fiscal year 2021 and $150.9 million for fiscal years 2022 through 2026. 

The Company provides contributory life insurance and health care benefits, subject to certain dollar limitations 
for substantially all of its eligible retired U.S. employees. The retiree health benefit will no longer be available for 
any employee who retires after December 31, 2017. The cost of such benefits is expensed over the years the 
employee  renders  service  and  is  not  funded  in  advance.  The  accumulated  post-retirement  benefit  obligation 
recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of April 30, 2016 and 2015 was $2.2 million 
and $6.7 million, respectively. Annual expenses for these plans for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $0.2 
million, $0.7 million and $0.9 million, respectively.  

The  Company  has  defined  contribution  savings  plans.  The  Company  contribution  is  based  on  employee 
contributions  and  the  level  of  Company  match.  The  Company  may  make  discretionary  contributions  to  all 
employees as a group. The employer cash contributions to these plans were approximately $16.3 million, $14.8 
million  and  $13.9  million  in  fiscal  years  2016,  2015,  and  2014  respectively.  Approximately  $0.8  million  of  the 
fiscal  year  2015  contributions  were  reflected  in  the  Restructuring  Charges  line  item  as  they  were  related  to 

- 89 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
contractual  obligations  resulting  from  the  curtailment  of  the  U.K.  defined  benefit  pension  plan.  The  expense 
recorded for these plans was approximately $16.2 million, $15.2 million and $15.7 million in fiscal years 2016, 
2015, and 2014 respectively. 

Note 17 – Share-Based Compensation 

All equity compensation plans have been approved by shareholders. Under the 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan, 
(“the  Plan”),  qualified  employees  are  eligible  to  receive  awards  that  may  include  stock  options,  performance-
based stock awards and other restricted stock awards. Under the Plan, a maximum number of 8 million shares 
of Company Class A stock may be issued. As of April 30, 2016, there were approximately 5,873,090 securities 
remaining  available  for  future  issuance  under  the  Plan.  The  Company  issues  treasury  shares  to  fund  awards 
issued under the Plan. 

Stock Option Activity: 

Under the terms of the Company’s stock option plan, the exercise price of stock options granted may not be less 
than 100% of the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. Options are exercisable over a maximum 
period  of  10  years  from  the  date  of  grant.  For  fiscal  years  2015  and  prior,  options  generally  vest  50%  on  the 
fourth and fifth anniversary date after the award is granted. Starting in fiscal year 2016, options vest 25% per 
year on April 30th. Under certain circumstances relating to a change of control, as defined, the right to exercise 
options outstanding may be accelerated. 

The following table provides the estimated weighted average fair value for options granted each period using the 
Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  and  the  significant  weighted  average  assumptions  used  in  their 
determination. The expected life represents an estimate of the period of time stock options will be outstanding 
based  on  the  historical  exercise  behavior  of  option  recipients.  The  risk-free  interest  rate  is  based  on  the 
corresponding U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The expected volatility is based on the 
historical  volatility  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  price  over  the  estimated  life  of  the  option  while,  the 
dividend yield is based on the expected dividend payments to be made by the Company.  

For the Years 
Ended April 30, 
2015 

2016 

2014 

Fair Value of Options on Grant Date  

$14.77

$16.97 

$10.12

Weighted Average assumptions: 

Expected Life of Options (years) 

Risk-Free Interest Rate 

Expected Volatility 

Expected Dividend Yield 

Fair Value of Common Stock on Grant Date 

7.2 

2.1%

29.7%

2.1%

$55.99

7.2  

2.2% 

30.9% 

1.9% 

$59.70 

7.4  

2.1%

30.5%

2.5%

$39.53

- 90 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A summary of the activity and status of the Company’s stock option plans follows: 

2016 

2015 

2014 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Term (in 
years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value (in 
millions) 

Options 
(in 000’s) 

Outstanding at Beginning of 

Year 

Granted 

Exercised 

1,921 

$45.50 

166 

$55.99 

(103) 

$40.22 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Options 
(in 000’s)

Options 
(in 000’s)

2,508 

$42.34 

3,732 

$42.85 

189 

$59.70 

322 

$39.53 

(747) 

$38.32 

(1,421) 

$42.57 

Expired or Forfeited 

(18) 

$51.02 

(29) 

$49.32 

(125) 

$47.65 

Outstanding at End of Year 

Exercisable at End of Year 

Vested and Expected to Vest 
in the Future at April 30 

1,966 

1,140 

$46.62 

$45.22 

1,925 

$46.61 

4.3 

3.1 

4.3 

$8.6 

$5.3 

$8.5 

1,921 

$45.50 

2,508 

$42.34 

815 

$42.31 

1,191 

$39.16 

1,872 

$42.91 

2,432 

$42.38 

The intrinsic value is the difference between the Company’s common stock price and the option grant price. The 
total intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $1.5 million, $16.1 million 
and $12.4 million, respectively.  The total grant date fair value of stock options vested during fiscal year 2016 
was $5.7 million.  

As  of  April  30,  2016,  there  was  $2.9  million  of  unrecognized  share-based  compensation  expense  related  to 
stock  options,  which  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a  period  up  to  4  years,  or  2.2  years  on  a  weighted 
average basis. 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at April 30, 2016: 

Range of 
Exercise Prices 

$33.05 to $35.04 

$39.53 to $40.02 

$47.55 to $49.55 

$55.99 to $59.70  

Total/Average 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Number of 
Options 
(in 000’s) 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Term (in 
years) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Number of 
Options 
(in 000’s) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

154 

560 

915 

337 

1,966 

2.4 

4.4 

3.2 

7.9 

4.3 

$34.88 

$39.75 

$48.65 

$57.87 

$46.62 

154 

253 

692 

$34.88 

$40.02 

$48.77 

41 

$55.99 

1,140 

$45.22 

Performance-Based and Other Restricted Stock Activity: 

Under  the  terms  of  the  Company’s  long-term  incentive  plans,  performance-based  restricted  stock  awards  are 
payable in restricted shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock upon the achievement of certain three-
year  financial  performance-based  targets.  During  each  three-year  period,  the  Company  adjusts  compensation 
expense  based  upon  its  best  estimate  of  expected  performance.  For  fiscal  years  2015  and  prior,  restricted 
performance shares vest 50% on the first and second anniversary date after the award is earned. For three year 
periods  beginning  with  fiscal  year  2016,  restricted  performance  shares  vest  50%  at  the  end  of  the  three-year 
performance cycle and 50% on April 30th of the following year.  

- 91 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  may  also  grant  individual  restricted  awards  of  the  Company’s  Class  A  Common  Stock  to  key 
employees in connection with their employment. For fiscal years 2015 and prior, the restricted shares generally 
vest 50% at the end of the fourth and fifth years following the date of the grant. Starting with fiscal year 2016 
grants, restricted performance shares vest ratably 25% per year on the anniversary of the grant.  

Under  certain  circumstances  relating  to  a  change  of  control  or  termination,  as  defined,  the  restrictions  would 
lapse  and  shares  would  vest  earlier.  Activity  for  performance-based  and  other  restricted  stock  awards  during 
fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014 was as follows (shares in thousands):  

2016 

2015 

2014 

Restricted 
Shares 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Value 

752 

289 

86 

(154) 

(58) 

915 

$50.64 

$55.78 

$47.27 

$43.69 

$47.61 

$52.60 

Restricted 
Shares 

Restricted 
Shares 

745 

363 

(65) 

(159) 

(132) 

752 

837 

348 

(92) 

(256) 

(92) 

745 

Nonvested Shares at Beginning of Year 

Granted 

Change in shares due to performance 

Vested and Issued 

Forfeited 

Nonvested Shares at End of Year 

As  of  April  30,  2016,  there  was  $21.2  million  of  unrecognized  share-based  compensation  cost  related  to 
performance-based and other restricted stock awards, which is expected to be recognized over a period up to 5 
years,  or  3.2  years  on  a  weighted  average  basis.  Compensation  expense  for  restricted  stock  awards  is 
measured using  the  closing  market  price  of  the  Company’s  Class  A  Common Stock at  the date  of grant.  The 
total grant date value of shares vested during fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $7.2 million, $6.8 million 
and $9.7 million, respectively.  

Director Stock Awards: 

Under  the  terms  of  the  Company’s  Director  Stock  Plan  (the  “Director  Plan”),  each  non-employee  director 
receives an annual award of Class A Common Stock equal in value to 100% of the annual director retainer fee 
(excluding  additional  retainer  fees  paid  to  committee  chairpersons),  based  on  the  stock  price  on  the  date  of 
grant. The granted shares may not be sold or transferred during the time the non-employee director remains a 
director. There were 19,559; 12,131 and 12,408 shares awarded under the Director Plan for fiscal years 2016, 
2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Note 18 - Capital Stock and Changes in Capital Accounts 

Each share of the Company’s Class B Common Stock is convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock. 
The holders of Class A stock are entitled to elect 30% of the entire Board of Directors and the holders of Class B 
stock  are  entitled  to  elect  the  remainder.  On  all  other  matters,  each  share  of  Class  A  stock  is  entitled  to  one 
tenth of one vote and each share of Class B stock is entitled to one vote. 

During fiscal year 2014, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a share repurchase program for an 
additional  four  million  shares  of  Class  A  or  Class  B  Common  Stock.  During  fiscal  year  2016,  the  Company 
repurchased 1,432,284 shares at an average price of $48.86 per share. As of April 30, 2016, the Company has 
authorization from its Board of Directors to purchase up to 746,836 additional shares. 

- 92 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 19 - Segment Information 

The  Company’s  operations  are  primarily  located  in  the  United  States,  Canada,  Europe,  Asia  and  Australia.  
Below is a description of the Company’s three operating segments: 

Research serves the world’s research and scholarly communities and is the largest publisher for professional 
and scholarly societies. Research products include scientific, technical, medical and scholarly research journals, 
books, reference works, databases, clinical decision support tools, laboratory manuals and workflow tools, in the 
publishing areas of the physical sciences and engineering, health sciences, social science and humanities and 
life sciences. Research customers include academic, corporate, government, and public libraries; researchers; 
scientists;  clinicians;  engineers  and  technologists;  scholarly  and  professional  societies;  and  students  and 
professors.  The  Company’s  Research  products  are  sold  and  distributed  globally  in  digital  and  print  formats 
through  multiple  channels,  including  research  libraries  and  library  consortia,  independent  subscription  agents, 
direct  sales  to  professional  society  members,  bookstores,  online  booksellers  and  other  customers.  Publishing 
centers include Australia, China, Germany, India, the United Kingdom and the United States. 

Professional  Development  acquires,  develops  and  publishes  professional  information  and  content  delivered 
through  print  and  digital  books,  test  preparation,  assessments,  online  learning  solutions  and  certification  and 
training services. Communities served include business, finance, accounting, workplace learning, management, 
leadership,  technology,  behavioral  health,  engineering/architecture  and  education.  Products  are  developed  in 
print  and  digitally  for  worldwide  distribution  through  multiple  channels,  including  chain  and  online  booksellers, 
libraries,  colleges  and  universities,  corporations,  direct  to  consumer,  websites,  distributor  networks  and  other 
online  applications.  Publishing  centers  include  Australia,  Germany,  India,  the  United  Kingdom  and  the  United 
States. 

Education produces educational content and solutions, including course management tools for instructors and 
students  and  online  program  services  for  higher  education  institutions.  Education  offers  learning  solutions, 
innovative products and services principally delivered through college bookstores, online distributors and directly 
to  institutions,  with  customers  having  access  to  content  in  digital  and  custom  print  formats,  as  well  as  the 
traditional  print  textbook.  Education’s  cost-effective,  flexible  solutions  are  available  in  each  of  its  publishing 
disciplines,  including  sciences,  engineering,  computer  science,  mathematics,  business  and  accounting, 
statistics,  geography,  hospitality  and  the  culinary  arts,  education,  psychology  and  modern  languages.  
Publishing centers include Asia, Australia, Canada, India, the United Kingdom and the United States. 

Shared  Services  -  The  Company  reports  financial  data  for  shared  service  functions,  which  are  centrally 
managed  for  the  benefit  of  the  three  global  businesses,  including  Distribution  and  Operation  Services, 
Technology and Content Management, Occupancy and Other Administration support.  

As part of Wiley’s Restructuring and Reinvestment Program, the Company consolidated its marketing services 
functions into a single global shared service function.  This newly centralized service group enables significant 
cost  reduction  opportunities,  including  efficiencies  gained  from  standardized  technology  and  centralized 
management.  The  costs  of  these  functions  were  previously  reported  as  direct  operating  expenses  in  each 
business segment but are now reported within Shared Services and Administrative Costs and are allocated to 
each  business  segment.  In  addition,  the  Company  modified  its  product/service  revenue  categories  for  the 
Research  segment.  As  a  result,  prior  year  amounts  have  been  restated  to  reflect  these  same  reporting 
methodologies.  The  Company  uses  occupied  square  footage  of  space;  number  of  employees;  units  shipped; 
specific  identification/activity-based;  gross  profit;  revenue  and  number  of  invoices  to  allocate  shared  service 
costs to each business segment. 

- 93 - 

Segment information is as follows (in thousands): 

RESEARCH: 

Revenue 

Direct Contribution to Profit 
Allocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 
Distribution and Operation Services 
Technology and Content Management 
Occupancy and Other 

Contribution to Profit 

PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT: 

Revenue 

Direct Contribution to Profit 
Allocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 
Distribution and Operation Services 
Technology and Content Management 
Occupancy and Other 

Contribution to Profit 

EDUCATION: 

Revenue 

Direct Contribution to Profit 
Allocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 
Distribution and Operation Services 
Technology and Content Management 
Occupancy and Other 

Contribution to Profit 

Total Contribution to Profit 

For the years ended April 30, 
2015 

2016 

2014 

$965,254

$1,040,795 

$1,044,349

440,301

487,285 

479,189

(39,348)
(98,442)
(29,516)
$272,995

(44,620) 
(96,486) 
(30,405) 
$315,774 

(45,773)
(99,929)
(28,491)
$304,996

 $404,281 

 $407,023  

 $363,869 

$167,023

$143,157 

130,427

 (28,364)
 (40,951)
 (23,160)
 $74,548 

 (30,838) 
 (48,002) 
 (26,180) 
 $38,137  

 (37,673)
 (50,426)
 (19,712)
 22,616 

$357,502

$374,622 

$366,977

118,375

127,729 

124,145

 (15,207)
 (51,612)
 (15,688)
 $35,868 

 (12,863) 
 (54,272) 
 (13,950) 
 $46,644  

 (15,685)
 (48,097)
 (11,769)
 48,594 

$383,411

$400,555 

$376,206

Unallocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs 
Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains (Losses) 
Interest Expense & Other, Net 
Income Before Taxes 

 (195,298)
473
 (13,793)
 $174,793 

 (162,816) 
1,742 
 (14,020) 
 $225,461  

 (169,533)
 (8)
 (11,131)
 $195,534 

The following table reflects total shared services and administrative costs by function, which are allocated to 
business segments based on the methodologies described above: 

SHARED SERVICES AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS:
Distribution and Operation Services 
Technology and Content Management 
Finance 
Other Administration 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 
Impairment Charges (see Note 7) 
Total 

- 94 - 

For the years ended April 30, 
2015 
 $89,024  
 244,850  
 52,796  
 115,469  
 18,293  
 -  
 $520,432  

2016 
 $83,109 
 257,822 
 49,798 
 126,777 
 20,080 
 - 
 $537,586 

2014 
 $100,310 
 240,797 
 54,191 
 104,807 
 22,197 
 4,786 
 $527,088 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the fiscal year 2015, the Company modified its segment product/service revenue categories to reflect recent 
changes to the business, including acquisitions and restructuring. All prior periods have been revised to reflect 
the new categorization as follows: 

Total Revenue by Product/Service 
Journal Revenue 
Books and Custom Material 
Online Program Management (Deltak) 
Talent Solutions  
Course Workflow Solutions (WileyPlus) 
Other 
Total 

Total Assets 
Research 
Professional Development 
Education 
Corporate/Shared Services 
Total 

Expenditures for Long Lived Assets 
Research 
Professional Development 
Education 
Corporate/Shared Services 
Total 

Depreciation and Amortization 
Research 
Professional Development 
Education 
Corporate/Shared Services 
Total 

For the years ended April 30, 
2015 
 $882,932  
 642,866  
 81,593  
 99,052  
 54,200  
 61,797  
 $1,822,440  

2016 
 $815,614 
 582,818 
 96,469 
 108,061 
 58,551 
 65,524 
 $1,727,037 

2014 
 $870,194 
 693,963 
 70,179 
 33,047 
 49,459 
 58,353 
 $1,775,195 

$1,216,350
730,434
426,077
548,235
$2,921,096

$1,246,673 
695,859 
430,733 
630,978 
$3,004,243 

$1,392,373
554,146
455,848
674,998
$3,077,365

$32,294
15,020
10,376
93,705
$151,395

$55,646
37,837
35,536
26,830
$155,849

$18,288 
179,174 
14,188 
69,121 
$280,771 

$57,992 
31,943 
38,928 
25,062 
$153,925 

$23,311
59,837
11,935
57,564
$152,647

$62,664
28,542
40,023
16,868
$148,097

Export sales from the United States to unaffiliated customers amounted to approximately $164.4 million, $168.0 
million and $169.0 million in fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The pretax income for consolidated 
operations  outside  the  United  States  was  approximately  $159.2  million,  $165.1  million  and  $159.4  million  in 
fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

- 95 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue from external customers based on the location of the customer and long-lived assets by geographic 
area were as follows (in thousands): 

2016 

Revenue

2015 

Long-Lived Assets
(Technology, Property & Equipment)

2014

2016

2015 

2014

United States 

  $884,185 

  $920,166

  $937,106

  $166,878

  $143,786 

  $135,711

United Kingdom 

153,442 

142,680

127,716

Germany 

Japan 

China 

India 

Australia 

France 

Canada 

69,676 

76,930 

52,815 

38,208 

78,786 

49,970 

50,243 

83,714

84,420

45,159 

39,494 

80,380

57,492 

56,949

89,107

80,074

41,581 

39,953 

79,453

25,376 

61,559

Other Countries 

272,782 

311,986

293,270

23,246

9,629

35

244 

234 

1,041

9,517 

1,617

2,329

24,711 

9,781 

21 

307 

180 

1,696 

6,720 

1,606 

4,202 

32,286

12,877

40

516 

172 

2,712

- 

729

3,675

Total 

$1,727,037 

$1,822,440

$1,775,195

$214,770

$193,010 

$188,718

- 96 - 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplementary Financial Information - Results By Quarter (Unaudited) 

$ In millions, except per share data 

2016 

2015 

Revenue 
First Quarter  
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter  
Fourth Quarter  
Fiscal Year 

Gross Profit 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 
Fiscal Year 

Operating Income 
First Quarter (a) 
Second Quarter (b) 
Third Quarter (c) 
Fourth Quarter (d) 
Fiscal Year  

Net Income  
First Quarter (a) 
Second Quarter (b)   
Third Quarter (c) 
Fourth Quarter (d)  
Fiscal Year   

Income Per Share  
First Quarter (a) 
Second Quarter (b)   
Third Quarter (c) 
Fourth Quarter (d)  
Fiscal Year  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

422.9
433.4
436.4
434.3
1,727.0

303.2
316.6
316.2
325.1
1,261.1

44.9
60.3
39.6
43.3
188.1

32.5
43.6
35.5
34.2
145.8

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

437.9 
477.0 
465.9 
441.6 
1,822.4 

313.9 
342.4 
341.7 
324.8 
1,322.8 

49.6 
76.1 
54.0 
58.0 
237.7 

33.7 
53.8 
42.5 
46.9 
176.9 

2016 

2015 

Diluted

Basic

Diluted 

0.55 $
0.74
0.61
0.59
2.48 $

0.55 $
0.75
0.62
0.60
2.51 $

0.56  $ 
0.90 
0.72 
0.79 
2.97  $ 

Basic
0.57
0.91
0.73
0.80
3.01

a)  In the first quarters of fiscal years 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $3.4 million 
($0.03 per share) and a restructuring credit of $(0.2) million, respectively, under its restructuring programs.  

b)  In the second quarter of fiscal year 2016, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $3.7 million ($0.04 

per share) under its restructuring program. 

c)  In  the  third  quarters  of  fiscal  years  2016  and  2015,  the  Company  recorded  restructuring  charges  of  $13.7 
million ($0.16 per share) and $24.0 million ($0.28 per share) under its restructuring programs, respectively. In 
the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2016,  the  Company  recorded  deferred  tax  benefits  of  $5.9  million  ($0.10  per 
share) associated with tax legislation enacted in the United Kingdom that reduced the U.K. corporate income 
tax rates by 2%.   

d)  In  the  fourth  quarters  of  fiscal  years  2016  and  2015,  the  Company  recorded  restructuring  charges  of  $7.8 
million ($0.08 per share) and $4.9 million ($0.07 per share), respectively, under its restructuring programs. In 
the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015, the Company recorded a non-recurring tax benefit of $3.1 million ($0.05 
per share) related to tax deductions claimed on the write-up of certain foreign tax assets to fair market value.  

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 2016, 2015, AND 2014 

Schedule II 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Description 

Year Ended April 30, 2016 

Additions/ 
(Deductions)

Balance at 
Beginning 
of Period 

Charged to 
Expenses 
and Other 

Deductions 
From 
Reserves(2) 

Balance 
at End of 
Period 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 

$25,340 

$56,094 

$61,573 

$19,861 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

$8,290 

$698 

$1,734 

$7,254 

Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 

$21,901 

$15,167 

$15,100 

$21,968 

Year Ended April 30, 2015 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 

$28,633 

$52,848 

$56,141 

$25,340 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

$7,946 

$3,100(3) 

$2,756 

$8,290 

Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 

$25,087 

$17,655 

$20,841 

$21,901 

Year Ended April 30, 2014 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 

$31,834 

$52,770 

$55,971 

$28,633 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

$7,360 

$2,441 

$1,855 

$7,946 

Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 

$28,243 

$18,202 

$21,358 

$25,087 

(1)  Allowance for Sales Returns represents anticipated returns net of a recovery of inventory and royalty costs. 
The  provision  is  reported  as  a  reduction  of  gross  sales  to  arrive  at  revenue  and  the  reserve  balance  is 
reported as a reduction of Accounts Receivable with a corresponding increase in Inventories and a reduction 
in Accounts and Royalties Payable (See Note 2).  

(2)  Deductions  from  reserves  include  foreign  exchange  translation  adjustments  and  accounts  written  off,  less 

recoveries. 

(3)  Additions 

to  Allowance 

for  Doubtful  Accounts 

includes  approximately  $2  million  related 

to 

the 

CrossKnowledge acquisition on May 1, 2014.  

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure  Controls  and  Procedures:  The  Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer, 
together  with  the  Chief  Accounting  Officer  and  other  members  of  the  Company's  management,  have 
conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as  defined  in  Rules  13a-
15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) as of the end of the 
period  covered  by  this  report.    Based  on  this  evaluation,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial 
Officer have concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that 
information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is 
(i)  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  by  the  Securities  and 
Exchange  Commission's  rules  and  forms  and  (ii)  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  Company’s 
management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely 
decisions regarding required disclosure.   

Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting:  Our  Management  is  responsible  for 
establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  such  term  is  defined  in 
Rule  13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act.  Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, 
including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  we  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the 
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal Control – 
Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission.  Based on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial 
reporting is effective as of April 30, 2016. 

KPMG  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  has  audited  the  consolidated  financial 
statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued their report, 
included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. 

Changes  in  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting:  There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over 
financial reporting in the fourth quarter of fiscal year  2016 that have materially affected, or are reasonably 
likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.   

Item 9B.  Other Information 

None 

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

The  name,  age  and  background  of  each  of  the  directors  nominated  for  election  are  contained  under  the 
caption “Election of Directors” in the Proxy Statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“2016 
Proxy Statement”) and are incorporated herein by reference. 

Information  on  the  audit  committee  financial  experts  is  contained  in  the  2016  Proxy  Statement  under  the 
caption “Report of the Audit Committee” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

99 

 
Information  on  the  Audit  Committee  Charter  is  contained  in  the  2016  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption 
“Committees of the Board of Directors and Certain Other Information concerning the Board.” 

Information  with  respect  to  the  Company’s  Corporate  Governance  principles  is  publicly  available  on  the 
Company’s Corporate Governance website at www.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-301708.html. 

Executive Officers 

Set forth below are the executive officers of the Company as of April 30, 2016. Each of the officers listed will 
serve until the next organizational meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company and until each of the 
respective successors are duly elected and qualified.  

MATTHEW S. KISSNER - 62 

October 2015 - Chairman of the Board, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. (Director since 2003) 

MARK J. ALLIN – 55 

June 2015 - President and Chief Executive Officer and Director, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.  
February  2015-  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer-  responsible  for  strategy  and 
operations  for  all  of  Wiley’s  businesses.  (succeeded  Steve  Smith  as  President  and  Chief  Executive 
Officer, effective June 1, 2015.) 

September 2014 – Executive Vice President, Professional Development   
August 2010 - Senior Vice President, Professional Development – responsible for leading the Company’s 

global Professional Development business. 

JOHN A. KRITZMACHER – 55 

July  2013  –  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Executive  Vice  President,  Technology  and  Operations,  John 
Wiley & Sons Inc. – responsible for the Company’s worldwide financial organization, strategic planning 
and  business  development,  technology,  internal  audit,  customer  service,  distribution  and  investor 
relations. 

October  2012  -  Senior  Vice  President  of  Business  Operations,  Organizational  Planning  &  Structure  at 

WebMD Health Corp 

October 2008 - Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Global Crossing Ltd 

MARY-JO O’LEARY – 53 (to be succeeded by Archana Singh effective June 30, 2016) 

September 2014 – Executive Vice President, Human Resources 
May 2013 – Senior Vice President, Human Resources 
October 2012 – Vice President and Director, Human Resources – responsible for working with the Senior 
Vice President, Human Resources to manage the Company’s Global Human Resources organization. 
July  2003  –  Vice  President,  Marketing  &  Sales  –  responsible  for  managing  the  sales,  marketing  and 

custom publishing functions for the Company’s Education business. 

ARCHANA SINGH - 46 (to succeed Mary-Jo O’Leary effective June 30, 2016) 

2016 – Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer 
2014 – Chief Human Resources Officer, Hay Group - responsible for aligning HR strategies and initiatives 
to support the organization into its’ next stage of growth. Leading all aspects of Human Resources with 
a strong focus on talent management, culture alignment and integration. 

2012  –  Vice President, Human  Resources,  Computer  Science  Corporation  - Human Resources  Leader 

for CSC’s enterprise business (technology consulting, application software, services and regions)  

100 

2008  –  Corporate  Vice  President,  Human  Resources,  Advanced  Micro  Devices  (“AMD”)  -  Human 
Resources  Business  Partner  for  global  sales,  marketing,  manufacturing,  product  engineering,  shared 
services, corporate functions  

GARY M. RINCK – 64 

September 2014 – Executive Vice President, General Counsel 
2004  –  Senior  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  –  responsible  for  all  of  the  Company’s  legal  and 

corporate governance functions at Wiley.  

PHILIP CARPENTER – 60 

May  2015  –  Executive  Vice  President,  Research  –  responsible  for  leading  the  Company’s  worldwide 

journals publishing business. 

September 2014 – Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Research Communications 
May 2013 – Vice President and Managing Director, Research Communications – responsible for leading 
the Company’s worldwide journals publishing business, as part of the broader Research organization. 
December 2007 – Vice President and Managing Director, SSH– responsible for leading the Company’s 
worldwide  Social  Sciences  and  Humanities  journals  publishing  business,  as  part  of  the  broader 
Research organization. 

VINCENT MARZANO – 53 

September 2014 – Senior Vice President, Treasurer 
September 2006 - Vice President, Treasurer – responsible for global treasury operations, insurable risk 

management, accounts receivable, and credit and collections. 

EDWARD J. MELANDO – 60 

January 2013 – Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller– and Chief Accounting Officer – responsible 

for Financial Reporting, Taxes, and Financial Shared Services. 

2002 - Vice President, Corporate Controller– responsible for Financial Reporting, Taxes and the Financial 

Shared Services. 

REED ELFENBEIN – 62 

May 2015 – Executive Vice President, International Development and Global Research Sales 
May 2014 - Senior Vice President, International Development and Global Research Sales 
October 2012 – Senior Vice President, International Development and STMS – leads team responsible 
for increasing market share in growing and emerging markets and leads the worldwide Research sales 
team. 

February 2007 – Vice President and Managing Director, Sales and Marketing – responsible for leading 

the domestic and international sales and marketing teams. 

CLAY E. STOBAUGH – 58 

September 2014 – Executive Vice President & Chief Marketing Officer 
October 2013 - Senior Vice President & Chief Marketing Officer 
August  2011  –  Senior  Vice  President,  Corporate  Marketing  –  responsible  for  strategic  marketing  and 

customer relationship management. 

JOHN W. SEMEL – 45 

May 2015- Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer- responsible for developing, prioritizing, 

and implementing strategies that drive business growth. 

101 

February 2009 – Senior Vice President, Planning and Development – responsible for global acquisitions 

and divestitures, strategic investments, strategic planning, corporate alliances and business 
development. 

JOAN O’NEIL - 53 

November  2015  –  Executive  Vice  President,  Knowledge  &  Learning  –  responsible  for  leading  the 

Company’s global Knowledge & Learning business 

September  2014  –  Senior  Vice  President  and  Managing  Director,  Knowledge  Services,  Professional 
Development  –  responsible  for  leading  the  Knowledge  Services  business  within  the  Professional 
Development business 

May  2013  –  Vice  President  and  Managing  Director,  Business,  Finance  &  Accounting,  Professional 
Development  –  responsible  for  leading  the  global  business,  finance  and  accounting  programs  within 
Professional Development 

January  2011  –  Vice  President  &  Group  Executive  Publisher,  Professional/Trade  –  responsible  for  the 

finance and accounting programs within the Professional/Trade business 

JEFFREY L. SUGARMAN - 60 

May 2015 – Executive Vice President, Talent Solutions and Education Services Group – responsible for 
leading  Wiley’s  combined  Talent  Solutions  and  Education  Services  (i.e.  CrossKnowledge,  Deltak, 
Profiles  International  and  Inscape  Publishing)  in  the  corporate  learning  and  higher  education 
marketplaces. 

February  2012  –  Senior  Vice  President,  Venture  Development  –  responsible  for  leading  execution  and 
Inscape  Publishing, 

talent  solutions  business  acquisition 

including 

integration  of  Wiley’s 
CrossKnowledge and Profiles International. 

November  2001  –  President  and  CEO,  Inscape  Publishing  –  responsible  for  the  transformation  into  an 

independent company after being acquired by a prominent New York-based private equity firm. 

EDWARD J. MAY – 53 

November  2013  -  Corporate  Secretary  –  responsible  for  Board  administration  and  compliance  with 

corporate regulatory requirements.  

October  2012  -  Director  of  Corporate  Governance,  Tyco  International  Ltd.  –  responsible  for  the 

governance structure and ERM program at Tyco International Ltd. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

Information  on  compensation  of  the  directors  and  executive  officers  is  contained  in  the  2016  Proxy 
Statement under the captions “Directors’ Compensation” and “Executive Compensation,” respectively, and is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Information on the beneficial ownership reporting for the directors and executive officers is contained under 
the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” within the “Beneficial Ownership of 
Directors and Management” section of the 2016 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 
Information  on  the  beneficial  ownership  reporting  for  all  other  shareholders  that  own  5%  of  more  of  the 
Company’s  Class  A  or  Class  B  Common  Stock  is  contained  under  the  caption  “Voting  Securities,  Record 
Date, Principal Holders” in the 2016 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s equity compensation plan information as of April 30, 2016: 

Plan Category 

Equity compensation plans approved by 
shareholders  

Number of 
securities to be 
issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding 
options, warrants
and rights 

Weighted-
average 
exercise price of 
outstanding 
options, 
warrants 
and rights 

Number of 
securities remaining 
available for future 
issuance under equity
compensation plans 

2,880,697(1) 

$46.62 

5,873,090 

(1) This amount includes the following awards issued under the 2009 Key Employee Stock Plan: 

  1,965,940 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options with a weighted average 

exercise price of $46.62 

  914,757 non-vested performance-based and other restricted stock awards. Since these awards have 

no exercise price, they are not included in the weighted average exercise price calculation.  

All of the Company’s equity compensation plans are approved by shareholders.  

Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Information  on  related  party  transactions  and  the  policies  and  procedures  for  reviewing  and  approving 
related  party  transactions  are  contained  under  the  caption  “Transactions  with  Related  Persons”  within  the 
“Board and Committee Oversight of Risk” section of the 2016 Proxy Statement and are incorporated herein 
by reference. 

Information  on  director  independence  is  contained  under  the  caption  “Director  Independence”  within  the 
“Board of Directors and Corporate Governance” section of the 2016 Proxy Statement.  

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Information required by this item is contained in the 2016 Proxy Statement under the caption “Report of the 
Audit Committee” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K 

(a)  

(b)  

(c) 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

Financial Statements and Schedules are included in the attached index on page 3 and are filed as part of 
this report 

Reports on Form 8-K submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission since the filing of the 
Company’s 10-Q on March 10, 2016: 

Announcement of the election of director issued on Form 8-K dated May 2, 2016. 

Earnings release on the fiscal year 2016 results issued on Form 8-K dated June 14, 2016, which included 
certain condensed financial statements of the Company. 

Exhibits 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K 
for the year ended April 30, 1992). 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated October 13, 1995 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 1997). 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1998 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1998). 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1999 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1999). 

By-Laws as Amended and Restated dated as of September 2007 (incorporated by reference to the 
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2008). 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated March 1, 2016, among the Company and Bank of 
America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing line Lender, and L/C Issuer, and Other Lenders Party 
Hereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended 
January 31, 2016). 

Agreement of the Lease dated as of July 14, 2014 between Hub Properties Trust as Landlord, an 
independent third party and John Wiley and Sons, Inc as Tenant (incorporated by reference to the 
Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2014). 

2014 Director Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarterly period ended October 31, 2014). 

2014 Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q 
for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2014). 

Amended 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 
10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2014). 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as Amended and Restated effective as of January 1, 2009 
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010). 

Amendments A and B to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as Amended and Restated 
Effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarterly period ended July 31, 2010). 

Resolution amending the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan to Cease Accruals and Freeze 
Participation effective June 30, 2013. 

Supplemental Benefit Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2009, including amendments through 
August 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period 
ended January 31, 2011).  

Resolution amending the Supplemental Benefit (Retirement) Plan to Cease Accruals and Freeze 
Participation effective June 30, 2013. 

Deferred Compensation Plan as Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010). 

Resolution amending the Deferred Compensation Plan effective July 1, 2013. 

104 

 
 
 
10.13 

Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors’ 2005 & After Compensation (incorporated by reference to the 
Report on Form 8-K, filed December 21, 2005). 

10.14* 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2017 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan. 

10.15* 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2017 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan. 

10.16* 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2017 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan.  

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

21* 

23* 

31.1* 

31.2* 

32.1*  

32.2*  

Form of the Fiscal Year 2016 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 
the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2015). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2016 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the 
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2015). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2016 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2015). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2015 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 
the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2014). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2015 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the 
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2014). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2015 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2014). 

Senior Executive Employment Agreement to Arbitrate dated as of April 29, 2003 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2003). 

Senior Executive Non-competition and Non-Disclosure Agreement dated as of April 29, 2003 
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2003). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of September 17, 2010 and effective as of May 1, 
2011, between Stephen M. Smith and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report 
on Form 8-K dated as of September 22, 2010). 

Senior Executive Employment Agreement dated as of April 15, 2015 between Mark Allin and the 
Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated as of April 15, 2015). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of May 20, 2013 between John A. Kritzmacher and the 
Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated as of June 4, 2013). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement letter dated as of March 15, 2004, between Gary M. Rinck and 
the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 
30, 2011). 

List of Subsidiaries of the Company 

Consent of KPMG LLP 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

101.INS 

XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 

101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

105 

 
 
101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

*    Filed herewith 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. 

(Company) 

Dated:  June 29, 2016 

By:

/s/ Mark Allin 

Mark Allin 
President and 
Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 
following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

Signatures 

Titles 

/s/ Mark Allin 

Mark Allin 

  President and Chief Executive Officer  

  Director 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 

  Chief Financial Officer and  

John A. Kritzmacher 

  Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations  

Dated 

June 29, 2016

June 29, 2016

/s/ Edward J. Melando 

Edward J. Melando 

/s/ Peter Booth Wiley 

Peter Booth Wiley 

/s/ Jesse C. Wiley 

Jesse C. Wiley 

/s/ William J. Pesce 

William J. Pesce 

  Senior Vice President, Controller and  

June 29, 2016

  Chief Accounting Officer 

  Director 

June 29, 2016

  Manager, Business Development Client Solutions and 

June 29, 2016

  Director 

  Director 

/s/ William B. Plummer 

  Director 

William B. Plummer 

/s/ Kalpana Raina  

Kalpana Raina 

/s/ Mari J. Baker 

Mari J. Baker 

/s/ Mathew S. Kissner 

Mathew S. Kissner 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

/s/ Raymond McDaniel, Jr. 

  Director 

Raymond McDaniel, Jr. 

/s/ Eduardo R. Menascé 

Eduardo R. Menascé 

/s/ George Bell 

George Bell 

/s/ Laurie Leshin 

Laurie Leshin 

/s/ William Pence 

William Pence 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

107 

June 29, 2016

June 29, 2016

June 29, 2016

June 29, 2016

June 29, 2016

June 29, 2016

June 29, 2016

June 29, 2016

June 29, 2016

June 29, 2016

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
SUBSIDIARIES OF JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. (1) 
As of April 30, 2016 

Exhibit 21 

John Wiley & Sons International Rights, Inc. 
Wiley.edu, LLC 
Wiley Brasil Divulgacao De Materiais Didaticos LTDA 
Wiley Periodicals, Inc.  
Wiley Publishing Services, Inc. 
Wiley Subscription Services, Inc. 
Inscape Publishing LLC 
Profiles International, LLC 
Wiley Publishing LLC 

Wiley India Private Ltd. 

Crossknowledge Inc. 
WWL Corp. 

John Wiley & Sons Rus LLC 
Wiley International, LLC 
John Wiley & Sons UK LLP 

John Wiley & Sons UK 2 LLP 

Wiley Japan KK 
Wiley Europe Investment Holdings, Ltd. 

Wiley U.K. (Unlimited Co.) 

Wiley Europe Ltd. 

John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. 

John Wiley & Sons Singapore Pte. Ltd.  

John Wiley & Sons Commercial Service (Beijing) Co., Ltd.  

J Wiley Ltd. 

     John Wiley & Sons GmbH 

Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA 

CrossKnowledge Group Limited 
E-Learning SAS 
Epistema Sarl 

Wiley Heyden Ltd. 
Wiley Distribution Services Ltd. 
Blackwell Publishing (Holdings) Ltd. 
Blackwell Science Ltd. 

Blackwell Science (Overseas Holdings) 

John Wiley & Sons A/S 
Blackwell Verlag GmbH  
Wiley Publishing Japan KK 
Blackwell Publishing (HK) Ltd. 
Wiley Publishing Australia Pty Ltd.  

John Wiley and Sons Australia, Ltd. 

John Wiley & Sons Canada Limited 
John Wiley & Sons (HK) Limited 
Wiley Publishing Canada Limited 

Simulated Biomolecular Systems, Inc. 

Jurisdiction 
In Which 
Incorporated 

Delaware 
Delaware 
Brazil 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Texas 
Delaware 
India 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Japan 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Singapore 
China  
United Kingdom 
Germany 
Germany 
United Kingdom 
France 
France 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Denmark 
Germany 
Japan 
Hong Kong 
Australia 
Australia 
Canada 
Hong Kong 
Canada 
Canada 

(1)\ The names of other subsidiaries that would not constitute a significant subsidiary in the aggregate have been 
omitted. 

108 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Exhibit 23 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 33-62605 and 333-167697 on Form S-8 
of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  of  our  reports  dated  June  29,  2016,  with  respect  to  the  consolidated 
statements of financial position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. as of April 30, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated 
statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-
year  period  ended  April  30,  2016,  and  the  related  financial  statement  schedule,  and  the  effectiveness  of  internal 
control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2016, which reports appear in the April 30, 2016 annual report on Form 
10-K of John Wiley & Sons, Inc.   

/s/  KPMG LLP 

Short Hills, New Jersey 
June 29, 2016 

109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Mark Allin, President and Chief Executive Officer of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify that: 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of the Company; 

1. 
2.  Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statements of a material fact or omit 
to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;  

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  annual 
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  Company’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have: 

a.  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the 
Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, 
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in 
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the 
end of the period covered by this report, based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that 
occurred during the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Company’s fourth quarter in the case of 
an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.  The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):  

a.  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over 
financial  reporting  that  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  ability  to  record, 
process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b.  any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a 

significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

By: 

/s/ Mark Allin 
Mark Allin 
President and 
Chief Executive Officer 
Dated: June 29, 2016 

110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I,  John  A.  Kritzmacher,  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Executive  Vice  President,  Technology  and  Operations,  of  John 
Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify that:  

Exhibit 31.2 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of the Company; 

1. 
2.  Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statements of a material fact or omit 
to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;  

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  annual 
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  Company’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have: 

a.  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the 
Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, 
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in 
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the 
end of the period covered by this report, based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that 
occurred during the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Company’s fourth quarter in the case of 
an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.  The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):  

a.  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over 
financial  reporting  that  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  ability  to  record, 
process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b.  any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a 

significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

By: 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 
John A. Kritzmacher 
Chief Financial Officer and 
Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations  
Dated:  June 29, 2016 

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.1 

In connection with the Annual Report of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended 
April 30, 2016 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Mark Allin, 
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge: 

(1)  the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934; and  

(2)  the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and   

results of operations of the Company. 

By: 

/s/ Mark Allin 
Mark Allin 
President and 
Chief Executive Officer 
Dated: June 29, 2016 

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.2 

In connection with the Annual Report of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended 
April  30,  2016  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  I,  John  A. 
Kritzmacher,  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Executive  Vice  President,  Technology  and  Operations,  of  the  Company, 
certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to 
the best of my knowledge: 

(1)  the  Report  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 

1934; and  

(2)  the  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and 

results of operations of the Company. 

By: 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 
John A. Kritzmacher 
Chief Financial Officer and 
Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations  
Dated:  June 29, 2016 

113